Quarterlytics / Technology / Communication Equipment / Lumentum

Lumentum

lite · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker lite
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Communication Equipment
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Lumentum
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)
x
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended July 1, 2017
 OR

o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF

1934

For the transition period from

to

 Commission File Number 001-36861
Lumentum Holdings Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

47-3108385

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

400 North McCarthy Boulevard, Milpitas, California 95035
(Address of principal executive offices including Zip code)

(408) 546-5483
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Name of exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value of $0.001 per share

Nasdaq Global Select Market

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 
Yes  o
    No  x
    

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o
    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  Registrant  was  required  to  file  such  reports),  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to  such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x
  No o

 Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to
be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
submit and post such files).  Yes x
  No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained to the best

of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                        
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  smaller  reporting  company,  or  an
emerging  growth  company.  See  definition  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth  company”  in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer

x

Accelerated filer

o

Non-accelerated filer
(Do not check if a smaller reporting
company

o

Smaller reporting company

Emerging Growth company

o

o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or

revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o
  No x

As  of    December  31,  2016  ,  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  and  non-voting  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  was
approximately  $1,655 million  based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market on December 30,
2016 of  $38.65  per share. Shares of common stock held by officers, directors and holders of more than five percent of the outstanding common stock have been
excluded from this calculation because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates.

As of August 18, 2017 , the Registrant had 61,515,528 shares of common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the information called for by Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is hereby incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy statement
for the Registrant’s annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the Registrant’s
fiscal year ended July 1, 2017.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

ITEM 2.

ITEM 3.

ITEM 4.

PROPERTIES

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

PART II

ITEM 5.

ITEM 6.

ITEM 7.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES
OF EQUITY SECURITIES

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

ITEM 8.

ITEM 9.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

SIGNATURES

1

3

12

25

26

26

26

27

29

31

46

47

95

95

96

97

97

97

97

97

98

101

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933,  as  amended,  and  Section  21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  (the  “Exchange  Act”).  These  statements  are  based  on  our  current
expectations and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from
those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These statements relate to, among other things, our markets, products and strategy, sales, gross
margins, operating expenses, capital expenditures and requirements, liquidity, product development and R&D efforts, manufacturing plans, litigation, effective tax
rates and tax reserves, our corporate and financial reporting structure, and our plans for growth and innovation, and are often identified by the use of words such as,
but not limited to, “anticipate,” “believe,” “can,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “target,”
“will,” “would” and similar expressions or variations intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions
of our management, which are in turn based on information currently available to management. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties
and other important factors that could cause actual results and the timing of certain events to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such
forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section entitled “ Risk
Factors ” included under Part I, Item 1A below. Furthermore, such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report. Except as required by law,
we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

2

Table of Contents

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

General

Overview

PART I

Lumentum Holdings Inc. (“we”, “our”, “Lumentum” or the “Company”) is an industry leading provider of optical and photonic products addressing a range
of  end  market  applications  including  data  communications  (“Datacom”)  and  telecommunications  (“Telecom”)  networking  and  commercial  lasers  (“commercial
lasers”) for manufacturing, inspection and life-science applications, as defined by revenue and market share. In addition, we are using our core optical and photonic
technology  and  our  volume  manufacturing  capability  to  expand  into  emerging  markets  that  benefit  from  advantages  that  optical  or  photonics-based  solutions
provide, including 3D sensing for consumer electronics and diode light sources for a variety of consumer and industrial applications. The majority of our customers
are  original  equipment  manufacturers  (“OEMs”)  that  incorporate  our  products  into  their  products  which  address  end-market  applications.  For  example,  we  sell
fiber  optic  components  that  our  network  equipment  manufacturer  (“NEM”)  customers  assemble  into  communications  networking  systems,  which  they  sell  to
network service providers or enterprises with their own networks. Increasingly, we are also selling Datacom products to owners and operators of large data centers,
which we refer to as hyperscale datacenters. Similarly, many of our customers for our Lasers products incorporate our products into tools they produce, which are
used for manufacturing processes by their customers.

We operate in two reportable segments: Optical Communications (“OpComms”) and Commercial Lasers (“Lasers”).

We have a global marketing and sales footprint that enables us to address global market opportunities for our products. We have manufacturing capabilities
and facilities in North America, Asia-Pacific and Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) with employees engaged in R&D, administration, manufacturing,
support and sales and marketing activities. Our headquarters are located in Milpitas, CA and we employed approximately 2,057 full-time employees around the
world as of July 1, 2017.

Lumentum was incorporated in Delaware as a wholly owned subsidiary of JDS Uniphase Corporation (“JDSU”) on February 10, 2015 and is comprised of
the  former  communications  and  commercial  optical  products  (“CCOP”)  segment  and  WaveReady  product  lines  of  JDSU.  In  August  2015,  we  became  an
independent publicly-traded company through the distribution by JDSU to its stockholders of 80.1% of our outstanding common stock (the “Separation”). Each
JDSU stockholder of record as of the close of business on July 27, 2015 received one share of Lumentum common stock for every five shares of JDSU common
stock held on such date. JDSU was renamed Viavi Solutions Inc. (“Viavi”) and at the time of distribution, retained ownership of 19.9% of Lumentum’s outstanding
shares.

Our business traces its origins to Uniphase Corporation, which was formed in 1979, and became publicly traded in 1992. Uniphase was originally a supplier
of commercial lasers, and later, a leading supplier of optical transmission products. In 1999, JDS Fitel Inc., a pioneer in products for fiber optic networking which
was formed in 1981, merged with Uniphase to become JDSU, a global leader in optical networking. Subsequent acquisitions by JDSU broadened the depth and
breadth of the OpComms and Lasers businesses, as well as the intellectual property, technology and product offerings, of what is now Lumentum. Notable amongst
these acquisitions in the OpComms business were Agility Communications, Inc. in 2005 and Picolight, Inc. in 2007 which respectively brought widely tunable,
long wavelength laser technology for metro and long haul networking applications and short wavelength vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers (“VCSELs”) for
enterprise,  datacenter  networking,  and  3D  sensing  applications.  The  fundamental  laser  component  technologies  which  we  acquired  through  these  acquisitions,
forms the basis of virtually all optical networks today and we believe will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. These technologies will enable us to develop
highly  integrated  products  to  satisfy  our  communications  customers’  ever  increasing  needs  for  smaller,  lower  power  and  lower  cost  optical  products.  Notable
acquisitions  in  the  Lasers  business  were  Lightwave  Electronics  Corporation  in  2005  and  Time-Bandwidth  Products  Inc.  (“Time-Bandwidth”)  in  2014.  Both  of
these Lasers acquisitions brought high power pulsed solid-state laser products and technology to our business which address the micro laser machining market and
expanded our addressable market.

Industry Trends and Business Risks

Our business is driven by end-market applications which benefit from the performance advantages that optical solutions enable.

3

Table of Contents

The OpComms markets we serve are experiencing continually increasing needs for higher data transmission speeds, fiber optic network capacity and network
agility. This is driven by rapid growth in both the number of higher bandwidth broadband connections, notably those associated with mobile devices, such as high-
definition video, online gaming, cloud computing and the number and scale of datacenters that require fiber optic links to enable the higher speeds and increased
scale  necessary  to  deliver  high  bandwidth  video  and  other  services.  Our  technology,  which  was  originally  developed  for  communications  applications  is  also
finding use in other emerging market opportunities including 3D sensing applications that employ our laser technology in mobile devices, computers, augmented
and virtual reality and other consumer electronics devices.

In  the  Lasers  markets,  customer  demand  is  driven  by  the  need  to  enable  faster,  higher  precision  volume  manufacturing  techniques  with  lower  power
consumption, reduced manufacturing footprint and increased productivity. These capabilities are critical as industries develop products that are smaller and lighter,
increasing productivity and yield and lowering their energy consumption.

Our optical and laser solutions, developed in close collaboration with OEM partners, are well positioned to meet demand resulting from these trends. We do,
however,  expect  to  continue  to  encounter  a  number  of  industry  and  market  risks  and  uncertainties.  These  risks  and  uncertainties  may  limit  our  visibility,  and
consequently, our ability to predict future revenue, profitability and general financial performance, and could create quarter over quarter variability in our financial
measures. For example, the demand environment in China has fluctuated significantly over the past year, and has created volatility and uncertainty in our future
demand. We cannot predict when or to what extent these uncertainties will be resolved. Our revenues, profitability and general financial performance may also be
affected  by:  (i)  pricing  pressures,  particularly  within  our  OpComms  markets,  due  to,  among  other  things,  a  highly  concentrated  customer  base,  increasing
competition, particularly from Asia-Pacific-based competitors, and a general commoditization trend for certain products; (ii) high product mix variability which
affects revenue and gross margin; (iii) fluctuations in customer buying patterns, which cause volatility in demand, revenue and profitability; and (iv) the current
trend of communication industry consolidation, which is expected to continue, that directly affects our customer bases and adds additional risk and uncertainty to
our financial and business projections.

Reportable Segments

We are an industry leading provider of optical and photonic products defined by revenue and market share addressing a range of end-market applications
including  optical  communications  and  commercial  lasers.  We  have  two  operating  segments,  Optical  Communications,  which  we  refer  to  as  OpComms,  and
Commercial  Lasers,  which  we  refer  to  as  Lasers.  The  two  operating  segments  were  primarily  determined  based  on  how  the  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker
(“CODM”) views and evaluates our operations. Operating results are regularly reviewed by the CODM to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the
segments  and  to  assess  their  performance.  Other  factors,  including  market  separation  and  customer  specific  applications,  go-to-market  channels,  products  and
manufacturing, are considered in determining the formation of these operating segments.

The table below discloses the percentage of our total net revenue attributable to our two reportable segments. In addition, it discloses the percentage of our

total net revenue attributable to product offerings within the OpComms segment:

Optical Communications:

Telecom

Datacom

Consumer and Industrial

Lasers

July 1, 2017

Years Ended

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

85.6%  

61.0%  

20.1%  

4.5%  

14.4%  

84.3%  

61.5%  

18.1%  

4.7%  

15.7%  

82.9%

60.6%

17.4%

4.9%

17.1%

For  further  information  regarding  our  operating  segments,  please  refer  to  “  Note  19.  Operating  Segments  and  Geographic  Information  ”  in  the  Notes  to

Consolidated Financial Statements.

OpComms

Markets

Our OpComms products address the following markets: telecommunications (Telecom), data communications (Datacom) and Consumer and Industrial.

Our  OpComms  products  include  a  wide  range  of  components,  modules  and  subsystems  to  support  and  maintain  customers  in  our  two  primary  markets:
Telecom and Datacom. The Telecom market includes carrier networks for access (local), metro (intracity), long-haul (city-to-city and worldwide) and submarine
(undersea) networks. The Datacom market addresses enterprise,

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

cloud  and  data  center  applications,  including  storage-access  networks  (“SANs”),  local-area  networks  (“LANs”)  and  wide-area  networks  (“WANs”).  These
products  enable  the  transmission  and  transport  of  video,  audio  and  text  data  over  high-capacity  fiber-optic  cables.  We  maintain  leading  positions  in  the  fast
growing  OpComms  markets,  including  reconfigurable  optical  add/drop  multiplexers  (“ROADMs”),  tunable  10-gigabit  small  form-factor  pluggable  transceivers
and  tunable  small  form-factor  pluggable  transceivers.  Our  10G,  40G  legacy  transceivers  and  a  growing  portfolio  of  100G  pluggable  transceivers  support
LAN/SAN/WAN needs and the cloud for customers building enterprise and hyperscale data center networks.

In the Consumer and Industrial  markets,  our OpComms products  include  laser  light  sources, which are  integrated  into 3D sensing platforms  being used in
applications  for mobile  devices,  gaming, computers,  virtual  and augmented  reality,  other  consumer  electronics  devices, and industrial  segments.  These systems
simplify the way people interact with technology by enabling the use of natural body gestures, like the wave of a hand, to control a product or application. Systems
can also be used for identification,  safety, and process efficiency, among numerous other application spaces. Emerging applications for this technology include
various mobile device applications, autonomous vehicles, self-navigating robotics and drones in industrial applications and 3D capture of objects coupled with 3D
printing. Our laser light sources are also used in a variety of other industrial laser and processing applications.

Customers

Our  OpComms  customers  include  Ciena,  Cisco  Systems,  Coriant,  Fujitsu,  Arista,  Alphabet  (formerly  Google),  Facebook,  Yahoo,  Microsoft,  Huawei
Technologies, FiberHome, Infinera, Microsoft, and Nokia Networks (including Alcatel-Lucent International). During fiscal 2017 , 2016 , and 2015 , net revenue
generated from a single customer which represented 10% or more of our total net revenue of the applicable fiscal year is summarized in the table below:

CIENA

HUAWEI

CISCO

*Represents less than 10% of total net revenue

Trends

July 1, 2017

Years Ended

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

18.5%

16.7%

12.4%

17.1%

17.1%

13.0%

14.4%

*

11.8%

To remain competitive, network operators worldwide must offer broader suites of digital services. To do this, they are migrating to Internet-protocol (“IP”)
networks and expanding long-haul, metro regional and metro access networks, which effectively deliver broadband services while lowering capital and operating
costs of dense-wavelength-division multiplexing networks.

The growing demand  for  capacity  encourages  the  adoption  of OpComms products  across  the Datacom  and Telecom  markets.  Demand  for capacity  in the
Datacom market is driven by the growing needs of LANs and WANs. Growth in Datacom is also driven by web and cloud services companies that are expanding
data center infrastructure, increasing the need for network capacity within and between these data centers.

Demand in the Telecom market is driven by new bandwidth-intensive applications that can result in sudden and severe changes in demand almost anywhere
on the network. Increasing agility in optical networks by employing ROADMs, wavelength selective switches, wavelength tunable transmission products and other
agile  optical  products  provides  an effective  way to respond  to unpredictable  bandwidth demands and to manage  expenses. With  more  agile  optical  networks, a
network operator can add capacity by using remote management applications rather than dispatching technicians to perform manual operations in the field.

In  addition,  the  high-end  routers,  switches  and  cross-connect  equipment  that  must  handle  legacy  and  internet-protocol  traffic  are  becoming  increasingly
complex  in  order  to  meet  higher  bandwidth,  scalability,  speed  and  reliability  needs.  Products  must  provide  higher  levels  of  functionality  and  performance  in
compact designs that must also meet requirements for quality, reliability and cost.

Deployment of fiber closer to the end user increases the availability of high-bandwidth services and we expect it will result in increased demand on the metro
regional and long-haul networks into which these services feed. The dynamically reconfigurable nature of today’s agile networks enables lower operating costs and
other  competitive  advantages,  allowing  service  providers  to  use  and  scale  network  capacity  more  flexibly,  streamline  service  provisioning,  accelerate  rerouting
around points of failure and modify network topology through simple point-and-click network management systems.

5

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents

Our optical products are well positioned to meet these demands. Our innovation has resulted in products that have more functionality, are less than half the
size,  require  less  power  and  are  more  cost-effective,  particularly  in  the  area  of  photonic  integrated  circuits.  Higher  levels  of  integration  have  also  led  to
development of our Super Transport Blade, which delivers all transport functions (wavelength switching, pre-amplification, post-amplification, optical supervisory
channel and monitoring) in a single, integrated platform, essentially replacing three blades with one.

Strategy

In  our  OpComms  segment,  we  are  focused  on  technology  leadership  through  collaborative  innovation  with  our  customers,  cost  leadership  and  functional
integration. We align the latest technologies with industry leading, scalable manufacturing and operations to drive the next phase of optical communications for
Telecom  and  Datacom  applications  that  are  faster,  more  agile  and  more  reliable,  making  us  a  valuable  business  and  technology  partner  for  NEMs,  consumer
electronic companies, cloud service providers and data center operators.

Competition

We compete against various public and private companies in the markets we serve. Publicly traded companies providing optical communications components
include  II-VI  ,  Acacia  Communications,  Foxconn  Interconnect  Technology,  Finisar,  Fujitsu  Optical  Components,  Furukawa  Electric,  Neophotonics,  Oclaro,
Applied Optoelectronic, Innolight Technology, and Sumitomo Electric Industries.

Offerings

In  addition  to  a  full  selection  of  active  and  passive  components,  we  offer  increasing  levels  of  functionality  and  integration  in  modules,  circuit  packs  and

subsystems for transmission, amplification, wavelength management and more.

In  the  Telecom  market,  we  provide  transmission  and  transport  solutions  for  optical  networks  that  make  up  the  backbone  of  the  wireline  Telecom
infrastructure,  thereby  enabling  the  internet.  Transmission  products,  such  as  our  tunable  transponder,  transceiver  and  transmitter  modules,  transmit  and  receive
high-speed data signals at the ingress/egress points of the network. These products use dense wavelength division multiplexing technology to enable high capacity
(from 20 to 40Tb/s in the C-Band) links driven by increasing internet demand. We also offer components including tunable lasers, receivers and modulators to
address the higher end of these same network applications.

Our transport  products,  such as  ROADMs, amplifiers  and  optical  channel  monitors  provide  switching,  routing  and  conditioning  of signals.  We also  make
components for transport, including 980nm, multi-mode and Raman pumps for optical amplifiers, and passive components. Passive components include switches,
attenuators, photodetectors, gain flattening filters, isolators, WDM filters, AWG’s, multiplex/de-multiplexers and integrated passive modules.

Our  innovation  led  to  the  Super  Transport  Blade,  which  integrates  all  major  optical  transport  functions  into  a  single-slot  blade.  This  all-in-one  solution
reduces the size, cost and power requirements of optical components, incorporates nano wavelength selective switch technology and enables greater chassis density
and a smaller footprint.

In  the  Datacom  market,  which  relies  on  storing,  moving  and  manipulating  vast  amounts  of  data,  we  offer  transmission  products,  such  as  our  optical
transceivers  for  Fiber  Channel  and  Ethernet  applications.  Our  transceivers  are  also  used  to  connect  servers,  switches,  routers  and  other  information  technology
infrastructure critical for today’s email, enterprise resource planning and other cloud services such as streaming of high definition and 4k video.

Our integrated fiber optic transceivers provide cost effective and scalable connectivity and are used in the hardware that runs many of the applications people
use daily such as email, social networking, cloud storage, online gaming and streaming video. They are available in several hot-pluggable form factors and allow
for very compact, high-density hardware designs.

For the high 100G data rate, we offer several technologies to balance technical and commercial requirements. For high volume, short distance applications we
developed  our  vertical-cavity  surface-emitting  lasers  (“VCSELs”).  VCSELs  are  ideal  for  short  reaches  because  they  are  low  power  consumption,  low  cost  and
highly  scalable.  For  high-performance,  longer  distance  applications  we  have  our  distributed  feedback  laser  (“DFB”)  and  electro-absorption  modulated  laser
(“EML”). Our individual lasers and compact laser arrays offer an innovative solution for the LANs, SANs, broadband Internet and metro-area network as well as
hyperscale datacenter applications.

Our 3D sensing technology enables real time depth information to any photo or video image. This represents a fundamental transition for image capture akin
to the transition from monochrome to color and gives devices the ability to see the world around them in three dimensions. The immediate applications include full
body imaging for gaming, 3D scanning for space mapping and facial recognition for security. Emerging applications are in mobile devices, computers, augmented
and virtual reality and other consumer electronics devices, automotive, robotics and industrial. 3D sensing can be applied to any device with a camera. The

6

Table of Contents

technologies to achieve accurate and stable 3D sensing are converging to laser based solutions. We are a leading supplier of the critical laser illumination sources
for 3D sensing systems being used in applications for gaming, computing, mobile devices and home entertainment.

Lasers

Markets

Our  Lasers  products  serve  our  customers  in  markets  and  applications  such  as  sheet  metal  processing,  general  manufacturing,  biotechnology,  graphics  and

imaging, remote sensing, and precision machining such as drilling in printed circuit boards, wafer singulation, glass cutting and solar cell scribing.

Our Lasers products are used in a variety of original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) applications including diode-pumped solid-state, fiber, diode, direct-
diode and gas lasers such as argon-ion and helium-neon lasers. Fiber lasers provide kW-class output powers combined with excellent beam quality and are used in
sheet metal processing and metal welding applications. Diode-pumped solid-state lasers provide excellent beam quality, low noise and exceptional reliability and
are used in biotechnology, graphics and imaging, remote sensing, materials processing and precision machining applications. Diode and direct-diode lasers address
a wide variety of applications, including laser pumping, thermal exposure, illumination, ophthalmology, image recording, printing, plastic welding and selective
soldering. Gas lasers such as argon-ion and helium-neon lasers provide a stable, low-cost and reliable solution over a wide range of operating conditions, making
them well suited for complex, high-resolution OEM applications such as flow cytometry, DNA sequencing, graphics and imaging and semiconductor inspection.

Our acquisition of Time-Bandwidth enabled us to provide high-powered and ultrafast lasers for the industrial and scientific markets. Manufacturers use high-
power,  ultrafast  lasers  to  create  micro  parts  for  consumer  electronics  and  to  process  semiconductor,  LED,  and  other  types  of  chips.  Use  of  ultrafast  lasers  for
micromachining applications is being driven primarily by the increasing use of consumer electronics and connected devices globally.

Our portfolio of Lasers products includes components and subsystems used in a variety of OEM applications that range in output power from milliwatts to
kilowatts and include ultraviolet, visible and infrared wavelengths. We support customer applications in the biotechnology, graphics and imaging, remote sensing,
materials processing and other precision machining areas.

Customers

Our  Lasers  customers  include  Amada,  ASML  Holding,  Beckman  Coulter,  Becton,  Dickinson  and  Company,  DISCO,  Electro  Scientific  Industries,  EO
Technics,  and  KLA-Tencor.  During fiscal 2017 , 2016 , and 2015 ,  we did  not  have  any  single  customer  attributable  to  our  Lasers  segment  that  generated  net
revenue of 10% or more of our total net revenue of the applicable fiscal year.

Trends

As  technology  advances,  industries  such  as  consumer  electronics  manufacturing  increasingly  turn  to  lasers  when  they  need  more  precision,  higher
productivity  and  energy  efficient,  or  “green,”  alternatives  for  problems  that  cannot  be  solved  by  mechanical,  electronic  or  other  means.  For  example,  these
industries are using lasers to develop products that are smaller and lighter to increase productivity and yield and to lower their energy consumption. Lasers have
been used for years to help achieve the scale and precision needed in semiconductor processing. In biotech applications, lasers have been instrumental for advances
(and  new standard  procedures)  in  cytology,  hematology,  genome  sequencing  and  crime  scene  investigations,  among others.  We  believe  the  long-term  trends  in
these industries will likely lead to increased demand for lasers.

Sheet  metal  processing  and  metal  welding  applications  are  increasingly  using  kW-class  fiber  lasers  instead  of  kW-class  CO2  lasers.  Fiber  lasers  generate

higher productivity at lower cost in such applications because they exhibit lower power consumption, better quality and generally lower user maintenance costs.

In  addition,  demand  continues  for  electronic  products,  as  well  as  products  and  components  in  other  industries,  with  greater  functionality  while  becoming
smaller, lighter and less expensive. Innovative / Next generation product designs require precise micromachining and materials processing, such as micro bending,
soldering and welding. At the scale and processing speed needed, lasers are replacing mature mechanical tools such as drills for minute holes, or “vias,” in printed
circuit  boards  and  saws  and  scribes  for  singulating  silicon  wafers,  resulting  in  greater  precision  and  productivity.  As  these  trends  continue,  we  believe  that
manufacturers and other industries will increase their reliance on lasers in order to maintain or increase their competitiveness.

We believe we are well-positioned with key OEM providers of laser solutions to these industries. We continue to develop our laser portfolio to offer smaller

and more cost-effective products designed specifically for the performance, integration, reliability and support needs of our OEM customers.

7

Table of Contents

Strategy

In our Lasers segment, we leverage our long-term relationships with OEM customers to drive commercial laser innovation. Using established manufacturing,
engineering, lasers and photonics expertise, we deliver products that meet cost-of-ownership and reliability needs while delivering on volume production demands.

Competition

We compete against various public and private companies in the commercial laser markets we serve. Publicly traded companies providing commercial laser

products include IPG Photonics and Coherent.

Offerings

Our broad range of Lasers products includes diode-pumped solid-state, fiber, diode, direct-diode and gas lasers such as argon-ion and helium-neon lasers.
Diode-pumped  solid-state  and  fiber  lasers  that  provide  excellent  beam  quality,  low  noise  and  exceptional  reliability  are  used  in  biotechnology,  graphics  and
imaging, remote sensing, materials processing and precision machining applications. Diode and direct-diode lasers address a wide variety of applications, including
laser pumping, thermal exposure, illumination, ophthalmology, image recording, printing, plastic welding and selective soldering. Gas lasers such as argon-ion and
helium-neon lasers provide a stable, low-cost and reliable solution over a wide range of operating conditions, making them well suited for complex, high-resolution
OEM applications such as flow cytometry, DNA sequencing, graphics and imaging and semiconductor inspection.

Acquisitions

We evaluate strategic opportunities regularly and, where appropriate, may acquire additional businesses, products, or technologies that are complementary
to,  or  broaden  the  markets  for  our  products.  We  believe  we  have  strengthened  our  business  model  by  expanding  our  addressable  markets,  customer  base  and
expertise, diversifying our product portfolio and fortifying our core businesses from acquisitions as well as through organic initiatives.

In February 2017, we completed the acquisition of a privately held company to enhance our manufacturing and vertical integration capabilities. We acquired
all of the outstanding shares of the company. In connection with the acquisition, we paid upfront cash consideration of $5.1 million , incurred liabilities of $2.7
million contingent upon the achievement of certain production targets being achieved within 36 months following the acquisition date and retained $0.9 million of
the  purchase  price  as  security  for  the  seller’s  indemnification  obligations  under  the  purchase  agreement.  This  resulted  in  total  purchase  consideration  of  $8.7
million .

Please refer to “ Note 6. Mergers and Acquisitions ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

8

Table of Contents

Restructuring Programs

We continue to engage in targeted restructuring plans primarily intended to reduce costs, consolidate our operations, rationalize the manufacturing of our
products and align our business in response to market needs. We have focused on improving efficiencies  and reducing costs by consolidating operations where
appropriate , while taking into consideration our current investment strategy, product offerings, core competencies, opportunities to enhance cost efficiency and the
availability of alternative manufacturers, as appropriate.

Please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “ Note 14. Restructuring and Related Charges

” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information on restructuring charges.

Research and Development

During fiscal  2017  , 2016 and 2015 ,  we  incurred  R&D  expenses  of  $  148.3  million  ,  $141.1  million  and  $140.8  million,  respectively.  The  number  of

employees engaged in R&D was approximately 598 as of July 1, 2017 , 570 as of July 2, 2016 and 550 as of June 27, 2015 .

We devote substantial resources to R&D for the development of new and enhanced products to serve our markets. Once the design of a product is complete,

our engineering efforts shift to enhancing both product performance and our ability to manufacture it in greater volume and at lower cost.

In our OpComms segment , we are maintaining our capability to provide products throughout the network, while focusing on several important sub-segments.
We  are  increasing  our  emphasis  on  Datacom  products,  such  as  100G  and  400G  transceivers  while  we  continue  to  maintain  strong  investments  in  Telecom
components and modules such as ROADMs and tunable devices needed for long-haul and metro markets. We are also responding to our customers’ requests for
higher levels of integration, including the integration of optics, electronics and software in our modules, subsystems and circuit packs. We are providing optical
technology for 3D sensing systems that simplify the way that people interact with technology. These solutions are initially being used in computing, mobile, and
industrial applications, including automotive applications.

In our Lasers segment, we continue to develop new product offerings in both solid-state and fiber lasers that take advantage of technologies and components
we  develop.  These  products  are  targeted  at  serving  customers  engaging  in  biotechnology,  graphics  and  imaging,  remote  sensing,  and  materials  processing  and
precision micromachining markets.

Manufacturing

Our significant manufacturing facilities are located in the United States, Thailand, and Switzerland. In March 2017, we completed the purchase of a property

in Thailand for additional manufacturing capacity for our future growth.

Our significant contract manufacturing partners are located primarily in Thailand, Taiwan and China. Contract manufacturers can save a significant amount

of dollars on labor, material and other related production expenses. We rely on the capabilities of our contract manufactures to procure the components and manage
the inventory in these locations.

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials

We use various suppliers and contract manufacturers to supply parts and components for the manufacture and support of multiple product lines. Although our
intention is to establish at least two sources of supply for materials whenever possible, for certain components we have sole or limited source supply arrangements.
We may not be able to procure these components from alternative sources at acceptable prices and quality within a reasonable time, or at all; therefore, the risk of
loss or interruption of such arrangements could impact our ability to deliver certain products on a timely basis.

Intellectual Property

Intellectual property rights that apply to our various products include patents, trade secrets and trademarks. We do not intend to broadly license our intellectual
property rights unless we can obtain adequate consideration or enter into acceptable patent cross-license agreements. As of July 1, 2017 , we own 681 U.S. patents
and 241 foreign patents with expiration dates ranging from 2017 through 2035, and have 153 patent applications pending throughout the world.

9

Table of Contents

Seasonality

Our  revenue  may  be  influenced  on  a  quarter  to  quarter  basis  by  customer  demand  patterns  and  new  product  introductions.  Some  of  our  products  may  be

incorporated into consumer electronic products, which are subject to seasonality and fluctuations in demand.

Backlog

Backlog consists of purchase orders for products for which we have assigned shipment dates.

As  of  July  1, 2017  ,  our  backlog  was  $  218.4  million  ,  as  compared  to  $168.5  million  as  of  July  2, 2016  .  Due  to  possible  changes  in  product  delivery
schedules and cancellation of product orders, and because our sales often reflect orders shipped in the same quarter in which they are received, our backlog at any
particular date is not necessarily indicative of actual revenue or the level of orders for any succeeding period.

Employees

As of July 1, 2017 , we employed approximately 2,057 full-time employees including approximately 1,084 employees in manufacturing, 598 employees in

R&D and 375 employees in SG&A.

Outside of the United States, our business is subject to labor laws that differ from those in the United States. We follow the statutory requirements of those

countries where we operate. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Environmental

Our R&D, manufacturing and distribution operations involve the use of hazardous substances and are regulated under international, federal, state and local
laws  governing  health  and  safety  and  the  environment.  We  apply  strict  standards  for  protection  of  the  environment  and  occupational  health  and  safety  to  sites
inside  and  outside  the  United  States,  even  if  not  subject  to  regulation  imposed  by  foreign  governments.  We  believe  that  our  properties  and  operations  at  our
facilities comply in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and occupational health and safety laws. However, the risk of environmental liabilities
cannot  be  completely  eliminated  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  application  of  environmental  and  health  and  safety  laws  will  not  require  us  to  incur
significant expenditures. We are also regulated under a number of international, federal, state and local laws regarding recycling, product packaging and product
content requirements. The environmental, product content/disposal and recycling laws are gradually becoming more stringent and may cause us to incur significant
expenditures in the future.

In  connection  with  the  Separation,  we  agreed  to  indemnify  Viavi  for  any  liability  associated  with  contamination  from  past  operations  at  all  properties

transferred to us from Viavi, to the extent the resulting issues primarily related to our business.

International Operations

During fiscal 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , net revenue from customers outside the United States based on the geographic region and country where our product is
initially shipped, represented 85.2%, 82% and 80.6% of net revenue, respectively. In certain circumstances customers may request shipment of our products to a
contract manufacturer in one country, which may differ from the location of their end customers. During fiscal 2017 , our net revenue from Hong Kong, Mexico
and Japan represented 22.6%, 18.5% and 9.9% of our consolidated net revenue, respectively. During fiscal 2016 , our net revenue from Hong Kong, Mexico, and
Japan  represented  23.7%,  12.5% and  10.3%  of  our  consolidated  net revenue,  respectively.  During  fiscal 2015 ,  our  net  revenue  from  Hong  Kong,  Mexico  and
Japan represented 14.4%, 13.5% and 12.7% of our consolidated net revenue, respectively. Our net revenue is primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, including our
net revenue from customers outside the United States based on customer shipment locations as presented above.

As of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016 , long-lived assets, namely our net property, plant and equipment, located outside of the United States comprised 67.8%
and  62.4%  of  our  total  property,  plant  and  equipment,  net,  respectively.  As  of  July  1,  2017,  30.1%  and  31.2%  of  our  net  property,  plant  and  equipment  were
located in China and Thailand, respectively. As of July 2, 2016 , 25.4% and 23.9% of our net property, plant and equipment were located in China and Thailand,
respectively.

Please refer to “ Note 19. Operating Segments and Geographic Information ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. For information regarding

risks associated with our international operations, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

10

Table of Contents

Available Information

Our website is located at www.lumentum.com, and our investor relations website is located at www.investor.lumentum.com. Copies of our Annual Reports
on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, as amended, are available free of charge on our investor relations website as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such material
electronically  with  or  furnish  it  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  “SEC”).  The  SEC  also  maintains  a  website  that  contains  our  SEC  filings  at
www.sec.gov.

11

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS 

Investors in our securities should carefully consider all of the relevant factors disclosed by us, including the following factors that could affect our results of
operations, financial condition or stock price. The risk factors generally have been separated into three groups: risks related to our business, risks related to the
Separation and risks related to our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Changing technology and intense competition require us to continuously innovate while controlling product costs, and our failure to do so may result in

decreased revenues and profitability.

The markets in which we operate are dynamic and complex, and our success depends upon our ability to deliver both our current product offerings and new
products  and  technologies  on  time  and  at  acceptable  prices  to  our  customers.  The  markets  for  our  products  are  characterized  by  rapid  technological  change,
frequent new product introductions, substantial capital investment, changes in customer requirements, continued price pressures and a constantly evolving industry.
Historically,  these  pricing  pressures  have  led  to  a  continued  decline  of  average  selling  prices  across  our  business.  The  development  of  new,  technologically
advanced  products  is  a  complex  and  uncertain  process  requiring  high  levels  of  innovation  and  the  accurate  prediction  of  technological  and  market  trends.  The
introduction of new products also requires significant investment to ramp up production capacity, for which benefit may not be realized if we are not successful in
the production of such products or if customer demand does not develop as expected. Ramping of production capacity also entails risks of delays which can limit
our ability to realize the full benefit of new product introductions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify, develop, manufacture, market or support
new or enhanced products successfully, if at all, or on a timely basis. We also cannot assure you that potential markets for our new products will materialize on the
timelines  we  anticipate,  or  at  all,  or  that  our  technology  will  meet  our  customers’  specifications.  Our  future  performance  will  depend  on  the  successful
development, introduction, deployment and market acceptance of new and enhanced features and products that meet our customers’ current and future needs.

The  market  for  optical  communications  products  in  particular  has  matured  over  time  and  these  products  have  increasingly  become  subject  to
commoditization.  Both  legacy  competitors  as  well  as  new  entrants,  predominantly  Asia-based  competitors,  have  intensified  market  competition  in  recent  years
leading  to  pricing  pressure.  To  preserve  our  revenues  and  product  margin  structures,  we  remain  reliant  on  an  integrated  customer  and  market  approach  that
anticipates  end  customer  needs  as  Telecom  and  Datacom  requirements  evolve.  We  also  must  continue  to  develop  more  advanced,  differentiated  products  that
command a premium with customers, while conversely continuing to focus on streamlining product costs for established legacy products. If we fail to continue to
develop  enhanced  or  new  products,  or  over  time  are  unable  to  adjust  our  cost  structure  to  continue  to  competitively  price  more  mature  products,  our  financial
condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Continued competition in our markets may lead to an accelerated reduction in our prices, revenues and market share.

The  end  markets  for  optical  products  have  experienced  significant  industry  consolidation  during  the  past  few  years.  As  a  result,  the  markets  for  optical
subsystems and components are highly competitive. Our current competitors include a number of domestic and international companies, many of which may have
substantially greater financial, technical, marketing and distribution resources and brand name recognition than we have. These competitors include II-VI, Acacia
Communications,  Applied  Optoelectronics,  Coherent  (including  Rofin-Sinar  Technologies),  Finisar,  Fujitsu  Optical  Components,  Furukawa  Electric,  InnoLight
Technology, IPG Photonics, Neophotonics, Oclaro, and Sumitomo Electric Industries. We may not be able to compete successfully against either current or future
competitors. Our competitors may continue to enter markets or gain or retain market share through introduction of new or improved products or with aggressive
low pricing strategies that may impact the efficacy of our approach. Additionally, if significant competitors were to merge or consolidate, they may be able to offer
a  lower  cost  structure  through  economies  of  scale  that  we  may  be  unable  to  match  and  which  may  intensify  competition  in  the  Lasers  market.  Increased
competition could result in significant price erosion, reduced revenue, lower margins or loss of market share, any of which would significantly harm our business.

We compete against various public and private companies in the markets we serve. Publicly traded companies providing optical communications components
include  II-VI  ,  Acacia  Communications,  Foxconn  Interconnect  Technology,  Finisar,  Fujitsu  Optical  Components,  Furukawa  Electric,  Neophotonics,  Oclaro,
Applied Optoelectronic, Innolight Technology, and Sumitomo Electric Industries.

The manufacturing of our products may be adversely affected if our contract manufacturers and suppliers fail to meet our production requirements or if

we are unable to manufacture certain products in our manufacturing facilities.

We rely on several independent contract manufacturers to supply us with certain products. For many products, a particular contract manufacturer may be the

sole source of the finished-good products. We depend on these manufacturers to meet our

12

Table of Contents

production  and  capacity  requirements  and  to  provide  quality  products  to  our  customers.  Despite  rigorous  testing  for  quality,  both  by  us  and  the  contract
manufacturers to whom we sell products, we may receive and ship defective products. We may incur significant costs to correct defective products which could
result in the loss of future sales, indemnification costs or costs to replace or repair the defective products, litigation and damage to our reputation and customer
relations. Defective products may also cause diversion of management attention from our business and product development efforts.

Additionally,  the  ability  of  our  contract  manufacturers  to  fulfill  their  obligations  may  be  affected  by  natural  disasters,  legal  requirements  and  economic,
political or other forces that are beyond our control. In particular, certain of our contract manufacturers are located in China, which exposes us to risks associated
with Chinese laws and regulations, such as those related to import and export tariffs, taxation and intellectual property. Chinese laws and regulations are subject to
frequent change, and if our contract manufacturers are unable to obtain or retain the requisite legal permits or otherwise to comply with Chinese legal requirements,
we may be forced to obtain products from other manufacturers or to make other operational changes. Any such developments could have a material impact on our
ability  to  meet  our  customers’  expectations  and  may  materially  impact  our  operating  results.  In  addition,  some  of  our  purchase  commitments  with  contract
manufacturers are not cancellable which may impact our earnings if customer forecasts driving these purchase commitments do not materialize and we are unable
to sell  the products  to other  customers.  Alternatively,  our contract  manufacturers  may  not be able  to meet  our demand  which would inhibit  our ability  to meet
customer  demand  and  maintain  or  grow  our  revenues.  Furthermore,  it  could  be  costly  and  require  a  long  period  of  time  to  move  products  from  one  contract
manufacturer to another which could result in interruptions in supply and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We  manufacture  some  of  the  components  that  we  provide  to  our  contract  manufacturers,  along  with  our  own  finished  goods,  in  our  San  Jose,  California
manufacturing facilities and, until its closure in June 2017, our Bloomfield, Connecticut manufacturing facility. For some of the components and finished good
products we are the sole manufacturer. Our manufacturing processes are highly complex and issues are often difficult to detect and correct. From time to time we
have experienced  problems achieving acceptable  yields in our manufacturing  facilities,  resulting in delays in the availability  of our products. In addition, if we
experience  problems  with our manufacturing  facilities,  it would  be costly  and  require  a long  period  of time  to move the  manufacture  of these  components  and
finished good products to a different facility or contract manufacturer which could then result in interruptions in supply, and would likely materially impact our
financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the closing of our Bloomfield, Connecticut manufacturing facility required the transfer to other manufacturing sites of complex technologies and
processes. If the other manufacturing sites are unsuccessful, it could result in interruptions in supply and would likely impact our financial condition and results of
operations.

Changes  in  manufacturing  processes  are  often  required  due  to  changes  in  product  specifications,  changing  customer  needs  and  the  introduction  of  new
products. These changes may reduce manufacturing yields at our contract manufacturers and at our own manufacturing facilities resulting in reduced margins on
those products.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for raw materials, packages and components, and any failure or delay by these suppliers in meeting our

requirements could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We purchase raw materials, packages and components from a limited number of suppliers, who are often small and specialized. We depend on the continued
supply and quality of the materials, packages and components that they supply to us. Our business and results of operations have been, and could continue to be,
adversely affected by this dependency. Specific concerns we periodically encounter with our suppliers include receipt of defective parts or contaminated materials,
stoppages or delays of supply, insufficient resources to supply our requirements, substitution of more expensive or less reliable materials, increases in the price of
supplies,  and  an  inability  to  obtain  reduced  pricing  from  our  suppliers  in  response  to  competitive  pressures.  Any disruption  in  the  supply  of  the  raw  materials,
packaging  or  components  used  in  the  manufacture  and  delivery  of  our  products  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and
results of operations.

13

Table of Contents

We  rely  on  a  limited  number  of  customers  for  a  significant  portion  of  our  sales;  and  the  majority  of  our  customers  do  not  have  contractual  purchase

commitments.

We  have  consistently  relied  on  a  small  number  of  customers  for  a  significant  portion  of  our  sales  (please  refer  to  “  Note  19.  Operating  Segments  and
Geographic  Information  ”  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements)  and  we  expect  that  this  customer  concentration  will  continue  in  the  future.  The
majority of our customers purchase products under purchase orders or under contracts that do not contain volume purchase commitments. Changes in the business
requirements,  vendor  selection,  project  prioritization,  financial  prospects,  capital  resources,  and  expenditures,  or  purchasing  behavior  (including  product  mix
purchased) of our key customers, or any real or perceived quality issues related to the products that we sell to such customers, could significantly decrease our sales
to such customers or could lead to delays or cancellations of planned purchases of our products or services, which increases the risk of quarterly fluctuations in our
revenues  and  operating  results.  If  forecasted  orders  do  not  materialize,  we  may  need  to  reduce  investment  in  R&D  activities,  we  may  fail  to  optimize  our
manufacturing capacity, or we may have excess inventory. Any of these factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We contract  with a number of large OEM and end-user service  providers that have considerable bargaining power, which may require us to agree to

terms and conditions that could have an adverse effect on our business or ability to recognize revenues.

Large OEM and end-user service providers comprise a significant portion of our customer base. These customers generally have greater purchasing power
than smaller entities and, accordingly, often request and receive more favorable terms from suppliers.  As we seek to expand our sales to existing customers and
acquire new customers, we may be required to agree to terms and conditions that are favorable to our customers and that may affect the timing of our ability to
recognize revenue, increase our costs and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, large customers have
increased buying power and ability to require onerous terms in our contracts with them. If we are unable to satisfy the terms of these contracts, it could result in
liabilities  of  a  material  nature,  including  litigation,  damages,  additional  costs,  loss  of  market  share  and  loss  of  reputation.  Additionally,  the  terms  these  large
customers require, such as most-favored nation or exclusivity provisions, may impact our ability to do business with other customers and generate revenues from
such customers.

Our products may contain defects that could cause us to incur significant costs, divert our attention from product development efforts and result in a loss

of customers.

Our products are complex and defects may be found from time to time. Networking products in particular frequently contain undetected software or hardware
defects  when first  introduced  or  as new versions  are  released.  In  addition,  our products  are  often  embedded  in or deployed  in conjunction  with  our customers’
products which incorporate a variety of components produced by third parties. As a result, when problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the
problem.  These  problems  may  cause  us  to  incur  significant  damages  or  warranty  and  repair  costs,  divert  the  attention  of  our  engineering  personnel  from  our
product development efforts and cause significant customer relation problems or loss of customers, all of which would harm our business.

We expect to change our international corporate structure in the near future in order to minimize our effective tax rate; however, if we are unable to
adopt this structure or if it is challenged by U.S. or foreign tax authorities, we may be unable to realize such tax savings which could materially and adversely
affect our operating results.

We  have  taken  certain  preliminary  steps  to  implement  an  international  corporate  structure  more  closely  aligned  with  our  international  operations.  This
potential  corporate  structure  is  intended  to  reduce  our  overall  effective  tax  rate  through  changes  among  our  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  in  how  we  use  our
intellectual  property,  and  how  we  structure  our  international  procurement  and  sales  operations.  The  contemplated  structure  includes  legal  entities  located  in
jurisdictions with income tax rates lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate. Such intercompany arrangements would be designed to result in income earned by such
entities in accordance with arm’s-length principles and commensurate with functions performed, risks assumed and ownership of valuable corporate assets. We
believe that income taxed in certain foreign jurisdictions at a lower rate relative to the U.S. statutory rate will have a beneficial impact on our worldwide effective
tax rate over the medium to long term.

We have agreed to reimburse Viavi for certain tax liabilities and related costs that may be incurred by Viavi, under certain circumstances, in the event that we
implement this revised corporate structure. In addition, the implementation of such a structure has required us to incur expenses, and may require that we incur
additional expenses, for which we may not realize related benefits, and in any event, we do not expect to materially realize such benefits for several years.

If  we  put  the  intended  structure  into  effect  and  it  is  not  accepted  by  the  applicable  taxing  authorities,  if  changes  in  domestic  and  international  tax  laws
negatively impact  the proposed structure, including proposed legislation  to reform  U.S. taxation of international  business activities,  or if we do not operate our
business consistent with the proposed structure and applicable tax provisions, we may fail to achieve the financial and operational efficiencies that we anticipate as
a result of the proposed structure, and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

14

Table of Contents

We are subject to risks arising from our international operations, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We derive a majority of our revenue from our international operations, and we plan to continue expanding our business in international markets in the future.
In  addition,  we  have  extensive  international  manufacturing  capabilities  through  third-party  contract  manufacturers,  as  well  as  through  our  own  international
facilities, with employees engaged in R&D, administration, manufacturing, support and sales and marketing activities.

As a result of our international operations, we are affected by economic, business regulatory, social, and political conditions in foreign countries, including

the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

    changes in general IT spending;

    the imposition of government controls, inclusive of critical infrastructure protection;

changes or limitations in trade protection laws or other regulatory requirements, which may affect our ability to import or export our products
from various countries;

    varying and potentially conflicting laws and regulations;

    fluctuations in local economies;

    wage inflation or a tightening of the labor market;

    political developments of foreign nations;

the impact of the following on service provider and government spending patterns: political considerations, unfavorable changes in tax treaties or
laws,  unfavorable  events  that  affect  foreign  currencies,  natural  disasters,  epidemic  disease,  labor  unrest,  earnings  expatriation  restrictions,
misappropriation of intellectual property, military actions, acts of terrorism, political and social unrest and difficulties in staffing and managing
international operations.

Any or all of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Moreover,  local  laws  and  customs  in  many  countries  differ  significantly  from  or  conflict  with  those  in  the  United  States  or  other  countries  in  which  we
operate. In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by
our internal policies and procedures or U.S. regulations applicable to us. There can be no assurance that our employees, contractors, channel partners, and agents
will not take actions in violation of our policies and procedures, which are designed to ensure compliance with U.S. and foreign laws and policies. Violations of
laws  or  key  control  policies  by  our  employees,  contractors,  channel  partners,  or  agents  could  result  in  termination  of  our  relationships  with  customers  and
suppliers, financial reporting problems, fines and/or penalties for us, or prohibition on the importation or exportation of our products, and could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operating results may be subject to volatility due to fluctuations in foreign currency.

We  are  exposed  to  foreign  exchange  risks  with  regard  to  our  operating  expenses  which  may  affect  our  operating  results.  Although  we  price  our  products
primarily in U.S. dollars, a portion of our operating expenses are incurred in foreign currencies. If the value of the U.S. dollar depreciates relative to certain other
foreign  currencies,  it  would  increase  our  costs  as  expressed  in  U.S.  dollars.  Conversely,  if  the  U.S.  dollar  strengthens  relative  to  other  currencies,  such
strengthening could raise the relative cost of our products to non-U.S. customers, especially as compared to foreign competitors, and could reduce demand.

Although we intend to hedge for a portion of our foreign currency exposure, significant fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign
currencies may adversely affect our net income (loss). Additionally, hedging programs rely on our ability to forecast accurately and could expose us to additional
risks that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to develop, market, and sell products could be harmed if we are unable to retain or hire key personnel.

Our  future  success  depends  upon  our  ability  to  recruit  and  retain  the  services  of  executive,  engineering,  sales  and  marketing,  and  support  personnel.  The
supply of highly qualified individuals, in particular engineers in very specialized technical areas, or sales people specializing in the service provider, enterprise and
commercial laser markets, is limited and competition for such individuals is intense. None of our officers or key employees is bound by an employment agreement
for any specific term. The loss of the services of any of our key employees, the inability to attract or retain personnel in the future or delays in hiring required

15

Table of Contents

personnel  and  the  complexity  and  time  involved  in  replacing  or  training  new  employees,  could  delay  the  development  and  introduction  of  new  products,  and
negatively impact our ability to market, sell, or support our products.

Our ability to hire and retain employees may be negatively impacted by changes in immigration laws, regulations and procedures.

Foreign nationals who are not U.S. citizens or permanent residents constitute an important part of our U.S. workforce, particularly in the areas of engineering
and  product  development.  Our  ability  to  hire  and  retain  these  workers  and  their  ability  to  remain  and  work  in  the  United  States  are  impacted  by  laws  and
regulations,  as  well  as  by  procedures  and  enforcement  practices  of  various  government  agencies.  Changes  in  immigration  laws,  regulations  or  procedures,
including  those  that  may  be  enacted  by  the  new  U.S.  presidential  administration,  may  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  hire  or  retain  such  workers,  increase  our
operating expenses and negatively impact our ability to deliver our products and services.

We face a number of risks related to our strategic transactions.

We have made acquisitions of other businesses or technologies in the past and we will continue to review acquisition and other strategic opportunities.  Such

strategic transactions involve numerous risks, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

    diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of the business;    

unforeseen  expenses,  delays  or  conditions  imposed  upon  the  acquisition  or  transaction,  including  due  to  required  regulatory  approvals  or
consents;

unanticipated changes in the combined business due to potential divestitures or other requirements imposed by antitrust regulators;

the ability to retain and obtain required regulatory approvals, licenses and permits;

difficulties  and  costs  in  integrating  the  operations,  technologies,  products,  IT  and  other  systems,  facilities  and  personnel  of  the  purchased
businesses;

potential difficulties in completing projects associated with in-process R&D;

an acquisition or strategic transaction may not further our business strategy as we expected or we may overpay for, or otherwise not realize the
expected return on, our investments;

insufficient net revenue to offset increased expenses associated with acquisitions;

potential loss of key employees of the acquired companies;

difficulty forecasting revenues and margins;

dilution of our current stockholders as a result of any issuance of equity securities as acquisition consideration;

expenditure of cash that would otherwise be available to operate our business; and

incurrence of indebtedness on terms that are unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay.

If we are unable to successfully manage any of these risks in relation to any future acquisitions, our business, financial condition and results of operations

could be adversely impacted.

We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including to
support product development and introduce new products, address new markets, engage in strategic transactions and partnerships, improve or expand our operating
infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. In March 2017, we issued and sold a total of $450 million in aggregate principal amount of
Convertible Senior Notes due in 2024 (the "2024 Notes") and we may in the future engage in additional equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we
raise additional funds through future issuances of equity, equity-linked or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and
any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing we secure in
the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult
for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may not be able to obtain additional financing

16

Table of Contents

on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to
support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business may be harmed.

Any  failure,  disruption  or  security  breach  of  our  information  technology  infrastructure  or  information  management  systems  could  have  an  adverse

impact on our business and operations.

Our business depends significantly on effective and efficient information management systems, and the reliability and security of our information technology
infrastructure  are  essential  to  the  health  and  expansion  of  our  business.  For  example,  the  information  gathered  and  processed  by  our  information  management
systems assists us in managing our supply chain and monitoring customer accounts, among other things. We must continue to expand and update this infrastructure
in response to our changing requirements.

In some cases, we may rely upon third-party providers of hosting, support and other services to meet our information technology requirements. Any failure to
manage,  expand  and  update  our  information  technology  infrastructure,  including  our  Enterprise  Resource  Planning  (“ERP”)  system  and  other  applications,  any
failure in the extension implementation or operation of this infrastructure, or any failure by our hosting and support partners or other third-party service providers
in the performance of their services could materially harm our business. In addition, we have partnered with third parties to support our information technology
systems and to help design, build, test, implement and maintain our information management systems. Our merger, acquisition and divestiture activity may also
require transitions to or from, and the integration of, various information management systems within our overall enterprise architecture.

Despite our implementation of security measures, our systems and those of our third-party service providers are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses,
natural disasters, unauthorized access and other similar disruptions. Any system failure, accident or security breach affecting us or our third-party providers could
result in disruptions to our operations  and loss of or unauthorized  access or damage to our data or in inappropriate  disclosure  of confidential  information.  Any
actual or alleged disruption to, or security breach affecting, our systems or those of our third-party partners could cause significant damage to our reputation, result
in legal obligations or liability, affect our relationships with our customers, and ultimately harm our business. In addition, we may be required to incur significant
costs to protect against or mitigate damage caused by these disruptions or security breaches in the future.

Our operating results may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic and market conditions.

The uncertain state of the global economy has contributed and continues to contribute to decreases in demand and spending in the technology industry at
large, as well as to the specific markets in which we operate. The slow pace of global economic recovery and the resulting effects on global credit markets has
created  uncertainty  in  the  timing  and  overall  demand  from  our  customers.  This  uncertainty  may  lead  to  decreased  demand  for  our  products  and  revenue
fluctuations, increased price competition for our products, and may increase the risk of excess and obsolete inventories and higher overhead costs as a percentage
of revenue. The impact of continued economic challenges on the global financial markets could further negatively impact our operations by affecting the solvency
of our customers, the solvency of our key suppliers or the ability of our customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of our products. If economic conditions do
not improve or if they deteriorate, our financial condition and results of operations would likely be materially and adversely impacted.

If we have insufficient proprietary rights or if we fail to protect our rights, our business would be materially harmed.

We seek to protect our products and product roadmaps in part by developing and/or securing proprietary rights relating to those products, including patents,
trade  secrets,  know-how  and  continuing  technological  innovation.  The  steps  we  take  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  may  not  adequately  prevent
misappropriation or ensure that others will not develop competitive technologies or products. Other companies may be investigating or developing technologies
that are similar to our own. It is possible that patents may not be issued from any of our pending applications or those we may file in the future and, if patents are
issued, the claims allowed may not be sufficiently broad to deter or prohibit others from making, using or selling products that are similar to ours, or such patents
could be invalidated or ruled unenforceable. We do not own patents in every country in which we sell or distribute our products, and thus others may be able to
offer identical products in countries where we do not have intellectual property protections. In addition, the laws of some territories in which our products are or
may  be developed,  manufactured  or sold, including  Europe,  Asia-Pacific  or Latin  America,  may not protect  our products and intellectual  property  rights to the
same extent as the laws of the United States. Any patents issued to us may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Additionally, we are currently a licensee for
a number of third-party technologies including software and intellectual property rights from academic institutions, our competitors and others, and we are required
to pay royalties to these licensors for the use thereof. In the future, if such licenses are unavailable or if we are unable to obtain such licenses on commercially
reasonable terms, we may not be able to rely on such third-party technologies which could inhibit our development of new products, impede the sale of some of
our  current  products,  substantially  increase  the  cost  to  provide  these  products  to  our  customers,  and  could  have  a  significant  adverse  impact  on  our  operating
results.

17

Table of Contents

We  also  seek  to  protect  our  important  trademarks  by  endeavoring  to  register  them  in  certain  countries.  We  have  not  registered  our  trademarks  in  every
country in which we sell or distribute our products, and thus others may be able to use the same or confusingly similar marks in countries where we do not have
trademark registrations. We have adopted Lumentum as a house trademark and trade name for our company, and are in the process of establishing rights in this
name and brand. We have also adopted the Lumentum logo as a house trademark for our company, and are in the process of establishing rights in this brand. The
Lumentum brand is the subject of trademark applications in the United States or other jurisdictions, but the trademarks have not yet proceeded to registration. The
efforts we take to register and protect trademarks, including the Lumentum brand, may not be sufficient or effective. Although we will seek to obtain trademark
registrations for the Lumentum brand, it is possible we may not be able to protect our brand through registration in one or more jurisdictions, for example, the
applicable  governmental  authorities  may  not  approve  the  registration.  Furthermore,  even  if  the  applications  are  approved,  third  parties  may  seek  to  oppose  or
otherwise  challenge  registration.  There  is  the  possibility  that,  despite  efforts,  the  scope  of  the  protection  obtained  for  our  trademarks,  including  the  Lumentum
brand, will be insufficient or that a registration may be deemed invalid or unenforceable in one or more jurisdictions throughout the world.

Our products may be subject to claims that they infringe the intellectual property rights of others, the resolution of which may be time-consuming and

expensive, as well as require a significant amount of resources to prosecute, defend, or make our products non-infringing.

Lawsuits  and  allegations  of  patent  infringement  and  violation  of  other  intellectual  property  rights  occur  regularly  in  our  industry.  We  have  in  the  past
received,  and  anticipate  that  we will  receive  in  the  future,  notices  from  third  parties  claiming  that  our  products  infringe  upon their  proprietary  rights,  with  two
distinct sources of such claims becoming increasingly prevalent. First, large technology companies, including some of our customers and competitors, are seeking
to monetize their patent portfolios and have developed large internal organizations that may approach us with demands to enter into license agreements. Second,
patent-holding companies that do not make or sell products (often referred to as “patent trolls”) may claim that our products infringe upon their proprietary rights.
We respond to these claims in the course of our business operations. The litigation or settlement of these matters, regardless of the merit of the claims, could result
in significant expense and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, regardless of whether or not we are successful. If we are unsuccessful, we
could be required to expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology or to obtain licenses to the technology that is the subject of the litigation.
We may not be successful in such development, or such licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Without such a license, or if we
are the subject of an exclusionary order, our ability to make our products could be limited and we could be enjoined from future sales of the infringing product or
products, which could adversely affect our revenues and operating results. Additionally, we often indemnify our customers against claims of infringement related
to our products and may incur significant expenses to defend against such claims. If we are unsuccessful defending against such claims, we may be required to
indemnify our customers against any damages awarded.

We also face risks that third parties  may assert  trademark  infringement  claims  against us in one or more jurisdictions  throughout the world related  to our
Lumentum brand and/or other trademarks. The litigation or settlement of these matters, regardless of the merit of the claims, could result in significant expense and
divert  the  efforts  of  our  technical  and  management  personnel,  regardless  of  whether  or  not  we  are  successful.  If  we  are  unsuccessful,  trademark  infringement
claims against us could result in significant monetary liability or prevent us from selling some or all of our products or services under the challenged trademark. In
addition, resolution of claims may require us to alter our products, labels or packaging, license rights from third parties, or cease using the challenged trademark
altogether, which could adversely affect our revenues and operating results.

We face certain litigation risks that could harm our business.

From time to time we have been, and in the future we may become, subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in or outside the ordinary course
of business. The results of legal proceedings are difficult to predict. Moreover, many of the complaints filed against us may not specify the amount of damages that
plaintiffs  seek, and we therefore  may be unable  to estimate  the  possible  range of damages  that  might  be incurred  should these  lawsuits  be resolved  against  us.
While we may be unable to estimate the potential damages arising from such lawsuits, certain of them assert types of claims that, if resolved against us, could give
rise to substantial damages. Thus, an unfavorable outcome or settlement of one or more of these lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition, liquidity and results of operations. Even if these lawsuits are not resolved against us, the uncertainty and expense associated with unresolved lawsuits
could seriously harm our business, financial condition and reputation. Litigation is generally costly, time-consuming and disruptive to normal business operations.
The costs of defending these lawsuits have been significant in the past, will continue to be costly and may not be covered by our insurance policies. The defense of
these lawsuits could also result in continued diversion of our management’s time and attention away from business operations, which could harm our business. For
additional discussion regarding litigation, see “Part I, Item 3. Legal Proceedings.”

18

Table of Contents

Our products incorporate and rely upon licensed third-party technology, and if licenses of third-party technology do not continue to be available to us or

are not available on terms acceptable to us, our revenues and ability to develop and introduce new products could be adversely affected.

We integrate licensed third-party technology into certain of our products. From time to time, we may be required to license additional technology from third-
parties to develop new products or product enhancements. Third-party licenses may not be available or continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable
terms. The failure to comply with the terms of any license, including free open source software, may result in our inability to continue to use such license. Our
inability to maintain or re-license any third-party licenses required in our products or our inability to obtain third-party licenses necessary to develop new products
and product enhancements, could potentially require us to develop substitute technology or obtain substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards
or at a greater cost, any of which could delay or prevent product shipment and harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We  are  subject  to  laws  and  other  regulations  worldwide  including  with  respect  to  environmental  matters,  securities  laws,  privacy  and  personal  data

collection compliance with which could increase our expenses and harm our operating results.

Our operations and our products are subject to various federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, including those governing pollution and protection of
human  health  and  the  environment  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate  or  sell  our  products.    These  laws  and  regulations  govern,  among  other  things,
wastewater discharges and the handling and disposal of hazardous materials in our products.  Our failure to comply with current and future environmental or health
or safety requirements could cause us to incur substantial costs, including significant capital expenditures, to comply with such environmental laws and regulations
and  to  clean  up  contaminated  properties  that  we  own  or  operate.  Such  clean-up  or  compliance  obligations  could  result  in  disruptions  to  our  operations.
Additionally,  if  we  are  found  to  be  in  violation  of  these  laws,  we  could  be  subject  to  governmental  fines  or  civil  liability  for  damages  resulting  from  such
violations. These costs could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or operating results.

From  time  to  time  new  regulations  are  enacted,  and  it  is  difficult  to  anticipate  how  such  regulations  will  be  implemented  and  enforced.  We  continue  to
evaluate  the  necessary  steps  for  compliance  with  regulations  as  they  are  enacted.  These  regulations  include,  for  example,  the  Registration,  Evaluation,
Authorization  and  Restriction  of  Chemicals  (“REACH”),  the  Restriction  of  the  Use  of  Certain  Hazardous  Substances  in  Electrical  and  Electronic  Equipment
Directive  (“RoHS”)  and  the  Waste  Electrical  and  Electronic  Equipment  Directive  (“WEEE”)  enacted  in  the  European  Union  which  regulate  the  use  of  certain
hazardous substances in, and require the collection, reuse and recycling of waste from, certain products we manufacture. These regulations and similar legislation
may require us to re-design our products to ensure compliance with the applicable standards, for example by requiring the use of different types of materials, which
could have an adverse impact on the performance of our products, add greater testing lead-times for product introductions or other similar effects. We believe we
comply with all such legislation where our products are sold and we continuously monitor these laws and the regulations being adopted under them to determine
our responsibilities.

In  addition,  pursuant  to  Section  1502  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act,  the  SEC  has  promulgated  rules  requiring
disclosure  regarding  the  use  of  certain  “conflict  minerals”  that  are  mined  from  the  Democratic  Republic  of  Congo  and  adjoining  countries  and  procedures
regarding a manufacturer’s efforts to prevent the sourcing of such minerals. Complying with these disclosure requirements involves substantial diligence efforts to
determine  the  source  of  any  conflict  minerals  used  in  our  products  and  may  require  third-party  auditing  of  our  diligence  process.  These  efforts  may  demand
internal resources that would otherwise be directed towards operations activities.

Since our supply chain is complex, we may face reputational challenges if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins of the conflict minerals used in our
products. Additionally, if we are unable to satisfy those customers who require that all of the components of our products are determined to be conflict free, they
may choose a competitor’s products which could materially impact our financial condition and operating results.

Additionally,  we are  subject  to  laws and  regulations  with  respect  to  personal  data  we collect  from  our  employees,  customers,  and  others.  These laws  and
regulations are subject to frequent modifications and updates and require ongoing supervision. For example, the European Union recently adopted a General Data
Protection Regulation, effective in May 2018, that will establish new, and in some cases more stringent, requirements for data protection in Europe. We may be
required  to  modify  our  practices  in  order  to  comply  with  these  or  other  requirements,  which  may  require  us  to  incur  costs  and  expenses,  and  we  may  face
difficulties in complying with all privacy and data protection legal requirements that apply to us now or in the future.

Our  failure  to  comply  with  any  of  the  foregoing  legal  and  regulatory  requirements  could  result  in  increased  costs  for  our  products,  monetary  penalties,
damages to our reputation, government inquiries and investigations, and legal action. Furthermore, the legal and regulatory requirements that are applicable to our
business  are  subject  to  change  from  time  to  time,  which  increases  our  monitoring  and  compliance  costs  and  the  risk  that  we  may  fall  out  of  compliance.
Additionally,  we  may  be  required  to  ensure  that  our  suppliers  comply  with  such  laws  and  regulations.  If  we  or  our  suppliers  fail  to  comply  with  such  laws  or
regulations, we

19

Table of Contents

could face sanctions for such noncompliance, and our customers may refuse to purchase our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

Our  sales  may  decline  if  we  are  unable  to  obtain  government  authorization  to  export  certain  of  our  products,  and  we  may  be  subject  to  legal  and

regulatory consequences if we do not comply with applicable export control laws and regulations.

Exports of certain of our products are subject to export controls imposed by the U.S. government and administered  by the U.S. Departments of State and
Commerce. In certain instances, these regulations may require pre-shipment authorization from the administering department. For products subject to the Export
Administration Regulations (“EAR”) administered by the Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security, the requirement for a license is dependent
on  the  type  and  end  use  of  the  product,  the  final  destination,  the  identity  of  the  end  user  and  whether  a  license  exception  might  apply.  Virtually  all  exports  of
products  subject  to  the  International  Traffic  in  Arms  Regulations  (“ITAR”)  administered  by  the  Department  of  State’s  Directorate  of  Defense  Trade  Controls,
require a license. Certain of our fiber optics products are subject to EAR and certain of our RF-over-fiber products, as well as certain products and technical data,
are developed with government funding, and are currently subject to ITAR. Products and the associated technical data developed and manufactured in our foreign
locations are subject to export controls of the applicable foreign nation.

Given the current global political climate, obtaining export licenses can be difficult and time-consuming. Failure to obtain export licenses for these shipments
could  significantly  reduce  our  revenue  and  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Compliance  with  U.S.
government regulations also subjects us to additional fees and costs. The absence of comparable restrictions on competitors in other countries may adversely affect
our competitive position.

In  addition,  certain  of  our  significant  customers  and  suppliers  have  products  that  are  subject  to  U.S.  export  controls,  and  therefore  these  customers  and
suppliers  may also  be  subject  to legal  and  regulatory  consequences  if  they  do  not comply  with  applicable  export  control  laws  and  regulations.  Such regulatory
consequences could disrupt our ability to obtain components from our suppliers, or to sell our products to major customers, which could significantly increase our
costs, reduce our revenue and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our revenues, operating results, and cash flows may fluctuate from period to period due to a number of factors, which makes predicting financial results

difficult.

Spending  on  optical  communication  and  laser  products  is  subject  to  cyclical  and  uneven  fluctuations,  which  could  cause  our  financial  results  to  fluctuate
unevenly and unpredictably.  It can be difficult  to predict  the degree to which end-customer  demand and the seasonality  and uneven sales patterns  of our OEM
partners or other customers will affect our business in the future, particularly as we release new or enhanced products. While our fourth fiscal quarters are typically
strongest, future buying patterns may differ from historical seasonality. If the mix of revenue changes, it may also cause results to differ from historical seasonality.
Accordingly, our quarterly and annual revenues, operating results, cash flows, and other financial and operating metrics may vary significantly in the future, and
the results of any prior periods should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

Risks Related to the Separation and Our Operation as an Independent Public Company

Potential  indemnification  liabilities  to  Viavi  pursuant  to  the  Separation  agreement  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial

condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The Separation Agreement provides for, among other things, indemnification obligations designed to make us financially responsible for:

•

•

•

•

•

any Lumentum Liability (as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement dated as of July 31, 2015 by and among JDS Uniphase
Corporation, Lumentum Holdings Inc. and Lumentum Operations LLC (the “Separation Agreement”);

our  failure  to  pay,  perform  or  otherwise  promptly  discharge  any  Lumentum  Liability  or  contracts,  in  accordance  with  their  respective  terms,
whether prior to, at or after the distribution;

any guarantee, indemnification obligation, surety bond or other credit support agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding by Viavi
for our benefit, except to the extent it relates to an Excluded Liability (as defined in the Separation Agreement);

any breach by us of the Separation agreement or certain of its ancillary agreements or any action by us in contravention of our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; and

any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect

20

Table of Contents

to  all  information  contained  in  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  10  (the  “Registration  Statement”)  and  information  statement  filed  in
connection with the Separation or any other disclosure document that describes the Separation or the distribution, or us and our subsidiaries, or
primarily relates to the transactions contemplated by the Separation agreement, subject to certain exceptions.

Our  indemnification  obligations  are  not  subject  to  maximum  loss  clauses.  If  we  are  required  to  indemnify  Viavi  under  the  circumstances  set  forth  in  the

Separation Agreement, we may be subject to substantial liabilities.

In connection with the Separation, Viavi has agreed to indemnify us for certain liabilities. However, there can be no assurance that the indemnity will be
sufficient  to  insure  us  against  the  full  amount  of  such  liabilities,  or  that  Viavi’s  ability  to  satisfy  its  indemnification  obligation  will  not  be  impaired  in  the
future.

Pursuant to the Separation agreement, Viavi will indemnify us for certain liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

•

•

•

•

•

any Excluded Liability (as defined in the Separation Agreement);

the failure of Viavi or any of its subsidiaries, other than us, to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any of the Excluded Liabilities, in
accordance with their respective terms, whether prior to or after the effective time of the distribution;

any guarantee, indemnification obligation, surety bond or other credit support agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding by us for
the benefit of Viavi, except to the extent it relates to a Lumentum Liability;

any breach by Viavi or any of its subsidiaries, other than us, of the Separation Agreement or certain of its ancillary agreements; and

any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated
therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading,  with  respect  to  information  contained  in  the  registration  statement  or
information statement filed in connection with the Separation or any other disclosure document that describes the Separation or the distribution
or primarily relates to the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement, subject to certain exceptions.

However, third parties could seek to hold us responsible for any of the liabilities that Viavi agrees to retain, and there can be no assurance that the indemnity
from  Viavi  will  be  sufficient  to  protect  us  against  the  full  amount  of  such  liabilities,  or  that  Viavi  will  be  able  to  fully  satisfy  its  indemnification  obligations.
Moreover, even if we ultimately succeed in recovering from Viavi any amounts for which we are held liable, we may be temporarily required to bear these losses.

We have characterized Viavi’s contribution of the CCOP segment and WaveReady product lines to us as a taxable transaction.  If tax authorities were to
take  the  position  that  this  contribution  is  not  a  taxable  transaction,  then  we  may  face  greater  than  expected  income  tax  liabilities,  which  would  negatively
impact our operating results.

In  connection  with  the  Separation,  Viavi’s  assets  related  to  the  CCOP  segment  and  WaveReady  product  lines  were  transferred  to  us  in  a  transaction  or
transactions intended to be characterized as taxable, which will result in our receiving a fair market value or substantially stepped-up tax basis in the assets. We
have reduced, and expect to continue to reduce in future reporting periods, our cash taxes by depreciation and amortization deductions related to the stepped-up tax
basis in the assets. If the IRS disagrees with our characterization of the transactions pursuant to which the CCOP business assets were transferred to us or disallow
the depreciation and amortization deductions, and the position were sustained, our financial results would be materially and adversely affected.

We  could  have  an  indemnification  obligation  to  Viavi  if  the  distribution  were  determined  not  to  qualify  for  non-recognition  treatment,  which  could

materially and adversely affect our financial condition.

We have received a private letter ruling from the IRS (the “IRS Ruling”), to the effect that the retention by Viavi of 19.9% of our common stock will not be
deemed to be pursuant to a plan having as one of its principal purposes the avoidance of U.S. federal income tax within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(D)(ii) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Notwithstanding the IRS Ruling, the IRS could determine on audit that the retention of our common
stock was pursuant to a plan having as one of its principal purposes the avoidance of U.S. federal income tax if it determines that any of the facts, assumptions,
representations or undertakings that we or Viavi have made or provided to the IRS are not correct. If the retention is deemed to be pursuant to a plan having as one
of  its  principal  purposes  the  avoidance  of  U.S.  federal  income  tax,  then  the  distribution  could  ultimately  be  determined  to  be  taxable.    In  addition,  Viavi  also
received a written opinion of PwC, its tax advisor in connection with the Separation, to the effect that the distribution, together with certain related transactions
necessary to effectuate the distribution, should qualify for non-recognition of gain or loss under Sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code. The opinion is

21

Table of Contents

not binding on the IRS or the courts, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or any court will not take a contrary position.  If the distribution were determined
not to qualify for non-recognition  of gain  and loss, then Viavi would recognize  gain in an amount  up to the  fair market  value  of our common  stock held by it
immediately before the distribution, over its tax basis in our stock immediately before the distribution.

If, due to any of our representations being untrue or our covenants being breached, it were determined that the distribution did not qualify for non-recognition
of gain or loss under Section 355 of the Code, we could be required to indemnify Viavi for the resulting taxes and related expenses. The indemnification obligation
is not expected to be material because Viavi is expected to have a fair market value or substantially stepped-up tax basis in our shares immediately prior to the
Separation. If, contrary to our expectation, it were determined that Viavi did not have a fair market value or substantially stepped-up tax basis in our shares, any
such indemnification obligation could materially and adversely affect our financial condition.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate

financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-
Oxley  Act  of  2002,  as  amended,  or  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  and  Nasdaq  listing  requirements.  The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  requires,  among  other  things,  that  we
maintain  effective  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  In  order  to  maintain  and  improve  the  effectiveness  of  our
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  we  have  expended,  and  anticipate  that  we  will  continue  to  expend,  significant
resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.

Any  failure  to  develop  or  maintain  effective  controls,  or  any  difficulties  encountered  in  their  implementation  or  improvement,  could  cause  us  to  delay
reporting of our financial results, be subject to one or more investigations or enforcement actions by state or federal regulatory agencies, stockholder lawsuits or
other adverse actions requiring us to incur defense costs, pay fines, settlements or judgments. Any such failures could also cause investors to lose confidence in our
reported  financial  and  other  information,  which  would  likely  have  a negative  effect  on the  trading  price  of our  common  stock.  In  addition,  if we are  unable  to
continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the NASDAQ stock market.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our stock price may be volatile and may decline regardless of our operating performance.

Our common stock is listed on NASDAQ under the symbol “LITE”. Since shares of our common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ stock market in
August 2015, the reported high and low closing prices of our common stock per the NASDAQ Global Select Market has ranged from $14.12 to $65.10 , through
July 1, 2017. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly due to a number of factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;

the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;

a shift in our investor base;

the financial performance of other companies in our industry;

    success or failure of our business strategy;

    credit market fluctuations which could negatively impact our ability to obtain financing as needed;

    changes to the regulatory and legal environment in which we operate;

announcements by us, competitors, customers, or our contract manufacturers of significant acquisitions or dispositions;

    investor perception of us and our industry;

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

    litigation or disputes in which we may become involved;

    overall market fluctuations; sales of our shares by our officers, directors, or significant stockholders;

22

Table of Contents

•

•

    the timing and amount of dividends and share repurchases, if any; and

    general economic and market conditions and other external factors.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity
securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating
performance  of  those  companies.  In  the  past,  stockholders  have  instituted  securities  class  action  litigation  following  periods  of  market  volatility.  If  we were  to
become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely
affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock.

We  do  not  currently  expect  to  pay  dividends  on  our  common  stock.  The  payment  of  any  dividends  to  our  stockholders  in  the  future,  and  the  timing  and
amount thereof, if any, is within the discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors’ decisions regarding the payment of dividends will depend on many
factors,  such  as  our  financial  condition,  earnings,  capital  requirements,  potential  debt  service  obligations  or  restrictive  covenants,  industry  practice,  legal
requirements, regulatory constraints and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

In  addition,  because  we  are  a  holding  company  with  no  material  direct  operations,  we  are  dependent  on  loans,  dividends  and  other  payments  from  our
operating  subsidiaries  to  generate  the  funds  necessary  to  pay  dividends  on  our  common  stock.  However,  our  operating  subsidiaries’  ability  to  make  such
distributions will be subject to their operating results, cash requirements and financial condition and the applicable provisions of Delaware law that may limit the
amount  of  funds  available  for  distribution.  Our  ability  to  pay  cash  dividends  may  also  be  subject  to  covenants  and  financial  ratios  related  to  existing  or  future
indebtedness, and other agreements with third parties.

The obligations of Lumentum Inc. to holders of its Series A Preferred Stock could have a negative impact on holders of our common stock.

Our subsidiary, Lumentum Inc., issued $35.8 million in Series A Preferred Stock to Viavi, which were sold to Amada following the Separation. The Series A
Preferred Stock may be converted by Amada into shares of our common stock beginning on the second anniversary of the closing of the stock purchase (absent a
change  of  control  of  us  or  similar  event)  using  a  conversion  price  of  $24.63 ,  which  is  equal  to  125% of  the  volume  weighted  average  price  per  share  of  our
common stock in the five “regular-way” trading days following the Separation. Any shares of our common stock that may be issued upon conversion of the Series
A  Preferred  Stock  would  dilute  the  ownership  interests  of  existing  stockholders  and  any  sales  in  the  public  market  of  the  common  stock  issuable  upon  such
conversion could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. The Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed by us upon the third anniversary
of the date of issuance or the preferred stockholders may cause us to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock upon the fifth anniversary of the date of issuance.

Cumulative senior dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock will accrue at the annual rate of 2.5% , but will be paid only when and if declared by the board
of directors of Lumentum  Inc. Our ability  to make payments  to holders of the Series A Preferred  Stock (“Series  A Holders”) will depend on Lumentum Inc.’s
ability to generate cash in the future from operations, financings or asset sales. Lumentum Inc.’s ability to generate cash is subject to general economic, financial,
competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that we cannot control. The payment of this dividend will reduce the amount of cash otherwise available for
distribution by Lumentum Inc. to us for further distribution to our common stockholders or for other corporate purposes. If Lumentum Inc. is in arrears on the
payment of dividends to the Series A Holders, (i) Lumentum Inc. will not be able to pay any dividends to us, subject to certain exceptions, and (ii) we will not be
able to make any distribution on or repurchase of our common stock.

Certain provisions in our charter and Delaware corporate law could hinder a takeover attempt.

23

Table of Contents

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL which prohibits us, under some circumstances, from engaging in business combinations with
some stockholders for a specified period of time without the approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding voting stock. Such provisions could
delay or impede the removal of incumbent directors and could make more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us, even if such events could
be beneficial, in the short-term, to the interests of our stockholders. In addition, such provisions could limit the price that some investors might be willing to pay in
the  future  for  shares  of  our  common  stock.  Our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  contain  provisions  providing  for  the  limitations  of  liability  and
indemnification of our directors and officers, allowing vacancies on our board of directors to be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors, granting
our board of directors the authority to establish additional series of preferred stock and to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of such shares (commonly
known as “blank check preferred”) and providing that our stockholders can take action only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders, which may
only be called by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the board of directors. These provisions may also have the effect of deterring
hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or changes in our management.

Our  bylaws  designate  Delaware  courts  as  the  sole  and  exclusive  forum  for  certain  types  of  actions  and  proceedings  that  may  be  initiated  by  our

stockholders, which could discourage lawsuits against us or our directors and officers.

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the state or federal courts of Delaware are the sole and exclusive forum for any
derivative  action  or  proceeding  brought  on  our  behalf;  any  action  asserting  breach  of  fiduciary  duty,  or  other  wrongdoing,  by  our  directors,  officers  or  other
employees  to  us  or  our  stockholders;  any  action  asserting  a  claim  against  Lumentum  pursuant  to  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  or  our  certificate  of
incorporation  or  bylaws;  any  action  asserting  a  claim  against  Lumentum  governed  by  the  internal  affairs  doctrine;  or  any  action  to  interpret,  apply,  enforce  or
determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws.  This exclusive forum provision may limit the ability of our stockholders to bring a claim in a
judicial forum that such stockholders find favorable for disputes with us or our directors or officers, which may discourage such lawsuits against us or our directors
and officers.

Alternatively, if a court outside of Delaware were to find this exclusive forum provision inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the
specified types of actions or proceedings described above, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could
adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Servicing our 2024 Notes may require a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow or the ability to raise the funds necessary to

satisfy our obligations under the 2024 Notes, and our current and future indebtedness may limit our operating flexibility or otherwise affect our business.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness, including the 2024 Notes, or to make cash
payments in connection with any conversion of 2024 Notes or upon any fundamental change if note holders require us to repurchase their notes for cash, depends
on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not generate cash flow
from operations in the future sufficient to service our indebtedness and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may
be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring indebtedness or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous
or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to
engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations. In addition, our existing
and future indebtedness could have important consequences to our stockholders and significant effects on our business. For example, it could:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our debt obligations, including the 2024 Notes;

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability
of our cash flow to fund working capital and other general corporate purposes;

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

restrict us from exploiting business opportunities;

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less indebtedness; and

limit our availability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of
our business strategy or other general purposes.

24

Table of Contents

Transactions relating to our 2024 Notes may dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders, or may otherwise depress the price of our common

stock.

If  the  2024  Notes  are  converted  by  holders,  we  have  the  ability  under  the  indenture  for  the  2024  Notes  to  deliver  cash,  equity,  common  stock,  or  any
combination of cash or common stock, at our election upon conversion of the 2024 Notes. If we elect to deliver common stock upon conversion of the 2024 Notes,
it would dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders. Any sales in the public market of the common stock issuable upon such conversion could adversely
affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, certain holders of the 2024 Notes may engage in short selling to hedge their position in the 2024
Notes. Anticipated future conversions of such 2024 Notes into shares of our common stock could depress the price of our common stock.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None.

25

Table of Contents

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES 

We  own  and  lease  various  properties  in  the  United  States  and  in  seven  other  countries  around  the  world.  We  use  the  properties  for  executive  and
administrative  offices,  data  centers,  product  development  offices,  customer  service  offices  and  manufacturing  facilities.  Our  corporate  headquarters  of
approximately 126,000 square feet is located in Milpitas, California. As of July 1, 2017 , our leased and owned properties in total were approximately 1,200,000
square feet, of which we owned approximately 650,000 square feet, including a 560,000 square feet manufacturing site in Thailand. Larger leased sites include
properties located in Canada, China and the United States. We believe our existing properties, including both owned and leased sites, are in good condition and
suitable for the conduct of our business.

From time to time we consider various alternatives related to our long-term facilities needs. While we believe our existing facilities are adequate to meet our

immediate needs, it may become necessary to lease, acquire, or sell additional or alternative space to accommodate future business needs.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We are subject to a variety of claims and suits that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. While management currently believes that
resolving claims against us, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows,
these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and management’s view of these matters may change in the future. Were an unfavorable final outcome to occur,
there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the period in which the effect becomes
reasonably estimable.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

None.

26

Table of Contents

PART II 

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY
SECURITIES 

Market Information for Common Stock and Stockholders

From August 4, 2015 , our common stock has traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “LITE”. The following table sets forth the range of

high and low closing prices of our common stock per the NASDAQ Global Select Market for the periods indicated:

Fiscal 2017 Quarter Ended:

July 1, 2017

April 1, 2017

December 31, 2016

October 1, 2016

Fiscal 2016 Quarter Ended:

July 2, 2016

April 2, 2016

December 26, 2015

September 26, 2015 (August 4, 2015 through September 26, 2015)

 High

 Low

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

65.10   $

54.70   $

44.50   $

41.99   $

27.46   $

27.14   $

21.82   $

23.45   $

42.75

34.40

33.60

23.30

21.71

18.81

14.12

16.78

According to records of our transfer agent, we had 2,718 stockholders of record as of August 18, 2017 and we believe there is a substantially greater number

of beneficial holders.

Dividends

Our subsidiary, Lumentum Inc., issued $35.8 million in Series A Preferred Stock to Viavi, which was sold to Amada following the Separation. Holders of
Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to holders of Lumentum Inc.’s common stock or any other class or series of its outstanding capital stock ranking in any
such event junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, are entitled to receive, when and as declared by the board of directors, quarterly cumulative cash dividends at the
annual rate of 2.5% of the Issuance Value per share on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock. The accrued dividends are payable on March 31, June
30, September 30 and December 31 of each year commencing on September 30, 2015. During fiscal 2017, Lumentum Inc. paid $0.9 million in dividends to the
holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

Stock Performance Graph

This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), or
incorporated  by  reference  into  any  filing  of  Lumentum  Holdings  Inc.  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  or  the  Exchange  Act,  except  as  shall  be
expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

27

 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents

The following graph compares the cumulative total return of our common stock with the total return for the NASDAQ Composite Index (the “NDAQ”) and
the NASDAQ 100 Technology Sector Index (the “NDXT”) from August 4, 2015 through July 1, 2017. The stock price performance on the following graph is not
necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

Recent Sale of Unregistered Equity Securities

None.

28

Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

This table sets forth selected financial data of Lumentum ( in millions , except share and per share amounts) for the periods indicated. This data should be
read in conjunction with the discussion in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 of this
Annual Report and our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report. The selected data in this section are not intended to
replace the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report.

Our  historical  consolidated  financial  statements  include  allocations  of  expenses  arising  from  shared  services  and  infrastructure  provided  by  Viavi  to  us,
including  costs  of  information  technology,  human  resources,  accounting,  legal,  real  estate  and  facilities,  corporate  marketing,  insurance,  treasury  and  other
corporate and infrastructure services. The financial information included here may not necessarily reflect our financial position and results of operations or what
our financial position and results of operations would have been had we been an independent, publicly-traded company during the entirety of the periods presented
or be indicative of our future performance as an independent company.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

Net revenue

Gross profit

Income (loss) from operations

Net (loss) income

Cumulative dividends on Series A Preferred Stock

Accretion of Series A Preferred Stock

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders
(3)
   Basic

   Diluted

Shares used in per share attributable to common stockholders
calculation—basic and diluted (3)

   Basic

   Diluted

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015 (1)

June 28, 2014 (2)

June 29, 2013

Years Ended

$

1,001.6   $

903.0   $

837.1   $

817.9   $

$

$

$

318.1  

47.6  

(102.5)  

(0.9)  

—  

277.3  

11.5  

9.3  

(0.8)  

(11.7)  

257.9  

(23.4)  

(3.4)  

—  

—  

256.6  

8.7  

10.7  

—  

—  

(103.4)   $

(3.2)   $

(3.4)   $

10.7   $

(1.71)   $

(1.71)   $

(0.05)   $

(0.05)   $

(0.06)   $

(0.06)   $

0.18   $

0.18   $

59.1  

59.1  

58.8  

58.8  

58.8  

58.8  

60.6  

60.6  

29

769.9

222.8

3.9

6.5

—

—

6.5

0.11

0.11

58.8

58.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Convertible note

Derivative liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

Total stockholders’ equity

July 1, 2017  (4)

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015 (1)

June 28, 2014 (2)

June 29, 2013

Balance as of

$

272.9   $

157.1   $

1,232.9  

317.5  

51.6  

25.0  

35.8  

618.8  

726.3  

—  

10.3  

9.1  

35.8  

497.4  

14.5   $

512.6  

—  

—  

9.8  

—  

380.6  

19.9   $

492.1  

—  

—  

19.6  

—  

335.6  

7.8

410.7

—

—

17.0

—

281.8

(1) During the third quarter of fiscal 2015, we settled an audit in a non-U.S. jurisdiction which resulted in the recognition of a $ 21.8 million tax benefit. In
addition, we recognized $ 14.1 million of additional deferred tax assets which were fully offset by a corresponding increase in the deferred tax valuation
allowance.

(2) During  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2014,  we  acquired  Time-Bandwidth  in  a  transaction  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  the  authoritative  guidance  on
business combinations. The Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2014 included the results of operations from Time-Bandwidth subsequent to
the date of acquisition, and the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 28, 2014 included Time-Bandwidth’s financial position.

(3) On August 1, 2015, JDSU distributed 47.1 million shares, or 80.1% of the outstanding shares of Lumentum common stock to existing holders of JDSU
common stock. JDSU was renamed Viavi and at the time of distribution, retained 11.7 million shares, or 19.9% of Lumentum’s outstanding shares. Basic
and diluted net income (loss) per share for all periods through June 27, 2015 is calculated using the shares of Lumentum common stock outstanding on
August 1, 2015. Refer to “ Note 4. Earnings Per Share ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(4) During  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2017,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  a  privately  held  company  in  accordance  with  the  authoritative  guidance  on
business combinations. Results of operations of the business acquired have been included in our consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date
of acquisition. Refer to “ Note 6. Mergers and Acquisitions ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the corresponding notes included elsewhere
in this Annual Report. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements. The
matters discussed in these forward-looking statements are subject to risk, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from
those  made,  projected  or  implied  in  the  forward-looking  statements.  Please  see  “Risk  Factors”  and  “Forward-Looking  Statements”  for  a  discussion  of  the
uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

Overview

We are an industry leading provider of optical and photonic products defined by revenue and market share addressing a range of end-market applications
including  optical  communications  and  commercial  lasers.  We  have  two  operating  segments,  Optical  Communications,  which  we  refer  to  as  OpComms,  and
Commercial  Lasers,  which  we  refer  to  as  Lasers.  The  two  operating  segments  were  primarily  determined  based  on  how  the  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker
(“CODM”) views and evaluates our operations. Operating results are regularly reviewed by the CODM to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the
segments  and  to  assess  their  performance.  Other  factors,  including  market  separation  and  customer  specific  applications,  go-to-market  channels,  products  and
manufacturing, are considered in determining the formation of these operating segments.

OpComms

Our OpComms products address the following markets: telecommunications (Telecom), data communications (Datacom) and Consumer and Industrial.

Our  OpComms  products  include  a  wide  range  of  components,  modules  and  subsystems  to  support  and  maintain  customers  in  our  two  primary  markets:
Telecom and Datacom. The Telecom market includes carrier networks for access (local), metro (intracity), long-haul (city-to-city and worldwide) and submarine
(undersea)  networks.  The  Datacom  market  addresses  enterprise,  cloud  and  data  center  applications,  including  storage-access  networks  (“SANs”),  local-area
networks  (“LANs”)  and  wide-area  networks  (“WANs”).  These  products  enable  the  transmission  and  transport  of  video,  audio  and  text  data  over  high-capacity
fiber-optic cables. We maintain leading positions in the fast growing OpComms markets, including reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexers (“ROADMs”),
tunable 10-gigabit small form-factor pluggable transceivers and tunable small form-factor pluggable transceivers. Our 10G, 40G legacy transceivers and a growing
portfolio of 100G pluggable transceivers support LAN/SAN/WAN needs and the cloud for customers building enterprise and hyperscale data center networks.

In the Consumer and Industrial markets, our OpComms products include laser light sources, which are integrated into 3D sensing platforms being used in
applications  for mobile  devices,  gaming, computers,  virtual  and augmented  reality,  other  consumer  electronics  devices, and industrial  segments.  These systems
simplify the way people interact with technology by enabling the use of natural body gestures, like the wave of a hand, to control a product or application. Systems
can also be used for identification,  safety, and process efficiency, among numerous other application spaces. Emerging applications for this technology include
various mobile device applications, autonomous vehicles, self-navigating robotics and drones in industrial applications and 3D capture of objects coupled with 3D
printing. Our laser light sources are also used in a variety of other industrial laser and processing applications.

Our  OpComms  customers  include  Ciena,  Cisco  Systems,  Coriant,  Fujitsu,  Arista,  Alphabet  (formerly  Google),  Facebook,  Yahoo,  Microsoft,  Huawei

Technologies, FiberHome, Infinera, Microsoft, and Nokia Networks (including Alcatel-Lucent International).

Lasers

Our Lasers  products  serve  our  customers  in  markets  and  applications  such  as  sheet  metal  processing,  general  manufacturing,  biotechnology,  graphics  and

imaging, remote sensing, and precision machining such as drilling in printed circuit boards, wafer singulation, glass cutting and solar cell scribing.

Our Lasers products are used in a variety of original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) applications including diode-pumped solid-state, fiber, diode, direct-
diode and gas lasers such as argon-ion and helium-neon lasers. Fiber lasers provide kW-class output powers combined with excellent beam quality and are used in
sheet metal processing and metal welding applications. Diode-pumped solid-state lasers provide excellent beam quality, low noise and exceptional reliability and
are used in biotechnology, graphics and imaging, remote sensing, materials processing and precision machining applications. Diode and direct-diode lasers address
a wide variety of applications, including laser pumping, thermal exposure, illumination, ophthalmology, image recording, printing, plastic welding and selective
soldering. Gas lasers such as argon-ion and helium-neon lasers provide a stable, low-cost

31

Table of Contents

and reliable solution over a wide range of operating conditions, making them well suited for complex, high-resolution OEM applications such as flow cytometry,
DNA sequencing, graphics and imaging and semiconductor inspection.

Our acquisition of Time-Bandwidth enabled us to provide high-powered and ultrafast lasers for the industrial and scientific markets. Manufacturers use high-
power,  ultrafast  lasers  to  create  micro  parts  for  consumer  electronics  and  to  process  semiconductor,  LED,  and  other  types  of  chips.  Use  of  ultrafast  lasers  for
micromachining applications is being driven primarily by the increasing use of consumer electronics and connected devices globally.

Our  Lasers  customers  include  Amada,  ASML  Holding,  Beckman  Coulter,  Becton,  Dickinson  and  Company,  DISCO,  Electro  Scientific  Industries,  EO

Technics, and KLA-Tencor.

Separation from JDSU

Lumentum Holdings Inc. was incorporated in Delaware as a wholly owned subsidiary of JDS Uniphase Corporation (“JDSU”) on February 10, 2015 and is
comprised of the former communications and commercial optical products (“CCOP”) segment and the WaveReady product lines of JDSU. On August 1, 2015, we
became  an  independent  publicly-traded  company  through  the  distribution  by  JDSU  to  its  stockholders  of  80.1%  of  our  outstanding  common  stock  (the
“Separation”).   Each JDSU stockholder of record as of the close of business on July 27, 2015 received one share of Lumentum common stock for every five shares
of JDSU common stock held on the record date. JDSU was renamed Viavi in connection with the Separation and retained ownership of 19.9% of Lumentum’s
outstanding shares.  

On July 31, 2015, prior to the Separation, Viavi transferred substantially all of the assets and liabilities and operations of the CCOP segment and WaveReady
product  lines  to  Lumentum.  Our  financial  statements  for  periods  prior  to  the  Separation  were  prepared  on  a  stand-alone  basis  and  were  derived  from  Viavi’s
consolidated financial statements and accounting records. For the period from June 28, 2015 to August 1, 2015, expenses were allocated to us using estimates that
we consider to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to or benefits received by us.

The consolidated financial statements include certain assets and liabilities that were historically held at the Viavi level but which were transferred to us in the
Separation. Viavi’s debt and related interest expense were not attributed or allocated to us for the periods presented since we are not the legal obligor of the debt
and Viavi’s borrowings were not directly attributable to us. Certain intercompany transactions between us and Viavi were considered to be effectively settled in the
consolidated financial statements at the time the transactions were recorded. The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected in
our consolidated statements of cash flows as a financing activity and on the consolidated balance sheets as Viavi net investment.

The consolidated statements of operations includes our direct expenses for cost of sales, R&D, sales and marketing, and administration as well as allocations
of expenses arising from shared services and infrastructure provided by Viavi to us through the Separation. These allocated expenses include costs of information
technology, human resources, accounting, legal, real estate and facilities, corporate marketing, insurance, treasury and other corporate and infrastructure services.
In addition, other costs allocated to us include restructuring and stock-based compensation related to Viavi’s corporate and shared services employees as well as
other  public  company  costs.  These  expenses  were  allocated  to  us  using  estimates  that  we  consider  to  be  a  reasonable  reflection  of  the  utilization  of  services
provided to or benefits received by our business. The allocation methods include revenue, headcount, square footage, actual consumption and usage of services and
others.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  GAAP  in  the  United  States  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Management  bases  its  estimates  on  historical
experience and various other assumptions believed to be reasonable. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and
actions  that  may  impact  us  in  the  future,  actual  results  may  be  different  from  the  estimates.  Our  critical  accounting  policies  are  those  that  affect  our  financial
statements materially and involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. Those policies are short-term investments, impairment of marketable
and  non-marketable  securities,  inventory  valuation,  goodwill  and  intangibles,  long-lived  asset  valuation,  pension  benefits,  revenue  recognition,  stock-based
compensation, income taxes, restructuring, derivative liabilities, business combinations, and warranty.

32

Table of Contents

Short-term Investments

We classify our investments in debt as available-for-sale and record these investments at fair value. Investments with an original maturity of three months or
less at the date of purchase are considered cash equivalents, while all other investments are classified as short-term based on management’s intent and ability to use
the funds in current operations. Unrealized gains and losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses are determined
based  on  the  specific  identification  method,  and  are  reflected  as  interest  and  other  income  (expense),  net  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations.  We
regularly  review  our  investment  portfolio  to  identify  and  evaluate  investments  that  have  indicators  of  possible  impairment.  Factors  considered  in  determining
whether a loss is other-than-temporary include, but are not limited to: the length of time and extent a security’s fair value has been below its cost, the financial
condition and near-term prospects of the investee, the credit quality of the security’s issuer, likelihood of recovery and our intent and ability to hold the security for
a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in value. For our debt instruments, we also evaluate whether we have the intent to sell the security
or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis.

Impairment of Marketable and Non-Marketable Securities

We periodically review our marketable and non-marketable securities for impairment. If we conclude that any of these investments are impaired, we

determine whether such impairment is other-than-temporary. We consider factors such as the duration, severity and the reason for the decline in value, the potential
recovery period and whether we intend to sell. For marketable debt securities, we also consider whether (i) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell
the debt securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis, and (ii) the amortized cost basis cannot be recovered as a result of credit losses. If any impairment
is considered other-than-temporary, we will write-down the security to its fair value.

Inventory Valuation

Inventory is valued at standard cost, which approximates actual cost computed on a first-in, first-out basis, not in excess of net realizable value. We assess the
value of our inventory on a quarterly basis and write down those inventories which are obsolete or in excess of our forecasted usage to their estimated realizable
value. Our estimates of realizable  value are based upon our analysis and assumptions including, but not limited to, forecasted sales levels by product, expected
product  lifecycle,  product  development  plans  and  future  demand  requirements.  Our  product  line  management  personnel  play  a  key  role  in  our  excess  review
process  by  providing  updated  sales  forecasts,  managing  product  transitions  and  working  with  manufacturing  to  minimize  excess  inventory.  If  actual  market
conditions are less favorable than our forecasts or actual demand from our customers is lower than our estimates, we may be required to record additional inventory
write-downs. If actual market conditions are more favorable than anticipated, inventory previously written down may be sold, resulting in lower cost of sales and
higher income from operations than expected in that period.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. We
test for impairment of goodwill on an annual basis in the fourth quarter and at any other time when events occur or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
of goodwill may not be recoverable. Refer to “Note 13. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

An entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test.
If an entity determines that as a result of the qualitative assessment that it is more likely than not (i.e., greater than 50% likelihood) that the fair value of a reporting
unit is less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required. The two-step quantitative goodwill impairment
test requires us to estimate the fair value of our reporting units. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of that reporting unit is
potentially impaired and we proceed to step two of the impairment analysis. In step two of the analysis, we measure and record an impairment loss equal to the
excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value, if any.

Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgments, including: identification of the reporting units, assigning assets and liabilities to reporting
units, assigning goodwill to reporting units, a qualitative assessment to determine whether there are any impairment indicators, and determining the fair value of
each reporting unit. We estimate the fair value of a reporting unit using the market approach, which estimates the fair value based on comparable market prices.
Significant estimates in the market approach include: identifying similar companies with comparable business factors such as size, growth, profitability, risk and
return on investment, and assessing comparable revenue and operating income multiples in estimating the fair value of the reporting unit.

We base our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions about the future that we believe are reasonable based on available information.

Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that affect the accuracy of our assumptions,

33

Table of Contents

estimates and judgments. For example, if the price of our common stock were to significantly decrease combined with other adverse changes in market conditions,
thus indicating that the underlying fair value of our reporting units may have decreased, we might be required to reassess the value of our goodwill in the period
such circumstances were identified.

Intangible Assets

Intangible  assets  consist  primarily  of  intangible  assets  purchased  through  acquisitions.  Purchased  intangible  assets  primarily  include  acquired  developed
technologies (developed and core technology). Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic useful lives of the assets,
which is the period during which expected cash flows support the fair value of such intangible assets.

Long-lived Asset Valuation (Property, Plant and Equipment and Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization)

  We test long-lived assets for recoverability, at the asset group level, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be
recoverable. Circumstances which could trigger a review include, but are not limited to: significant decreases in the market price of the asset, significant adverse
changes in the business climate or legal factors, accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction
of the asset, current period cash flow or operating losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of the asset, or
current expectation that the asset will more likely than not be sold or disposed significantly before the end of its estimated useful life.

Recoverability is assessed based on the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result

from the use and the eventual disposal of the asset. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds fair value.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when all four revenue recognition criteria have been met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the product has been
delivered or the service has been rendered, (iii) the price is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured. Revenue from product sales is recorded
when all of the foregoing conditions are met and risk of loss and title passes to the customer. Our products typically include a warranty and the estimated cost of
product  warranty  claims,  based  on  historical  experience,  is  recorded  at  the  time  the  sale  is  recognized.  Sales  to  customers  are  generally  not  subject  to  price
protection or return rights.

The majority of our sales are made to OEMs, distributors, resellers and end-users.

34

Table of Contents

Stock-based Compensation

Compensation expense related to stock-based transactions, including employee and director restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is measured and recognized in the
financial statements based on fair value at the grant date. The fair value of time-based RSUs is based on the closing market price of our common stock on the grant
date  of  the  award.  The  stock-based  compensation  expense  is  recognized,  net  of  forfeitures  using  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite  service  periods  of  the
awards, which is generally three to four years.

We estimate the expected forfeiture rate and recognize only expense for those shares expected to vest. When estimating forfeitures, we consider historical
forfeiture experiences as well as our expectation about future terminations and workforce reduction programs. The estimated forfeiture rate is trued up to the actual
forfeiture rate as the equity awards vest. The total fair value of the equity awards, net of forfeitures, is recorded on a straight-line basis over the requisite service
periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period, except for performance stock units which are amortized on a graded vesting method.

We estimate the fair value of the rights to acquire stock under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula.
Our ESPP provides for consecutive six-month offering periods. We recognize such compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
We calculate the volatility factor based on our historical stock prices.

We account for the fair value of RSUs using the closing market price of our common stock on the date of grant. For new-hire grants, RSUs generally vest
ratably on an annual basis over four years. For annual refresh grants, RSUs generally vest ratably on an annual, or combination of annual and quarterly, basis over
three years.

We  account  for  the  fair  value  of  performance  stock  units  (“PSUs”)  using  the  closing  market  price  of  our  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  We  begin
recognizing compensation expense when we conclude that it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. We reassess the probability of vesting at
each reporting period and adjust our compensation cost based on this probability assessment.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to

accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based
compensation expense.

Income Taxes

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on accounting for income taxes, we recognize income taxes using an asset and liability approach. This approach
requires the recognition of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have
been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. The measurement of current and deferred taxes is based on provisions of the enacted tax
law, and the effects of future changes in tax laws or rates are not anticipated.

The authoritative guidance provides for recognition of deferred tax assets if the realization of such deferred tax assets is more likely than not to occur based
on an evaluation of both positive and negative evidence and the relative weight of the evidence. With the exception of certain international jurisdictions, we have
determined that at this time it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future. This determination is primarily due to our history
of losses which impacts our ability to benefit from our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have established a valuation allowance for such deferred tax assets. If
there is a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets for which a valuation allowance has been established, then our tax provision may decrease in the
period in which we determine that realization is more likely than not.

We are subject to income tax audits by the respective tax authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate. The determination of our income tax liabilities
in each of these jurisdictions requires the interpretation and application of complex, and sometimes uncertain, tax laws and regulations. The authoritative guidance
on accounting  for income taxes  prescribes  both recognition  and measurement  criteria  that must be met for the benefit  of a tax position  to be recognized  in the
financial statements. If a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return does not meet such recognition or measurement criteria, an unrecognized tax
benefit liability is recorded. If we ultimately determine that an unrecognized tax benefit liability is no longer necessary, we reverse the liability and recognize a tax
benefit in the period in which it is determined that the unrecognized tax benefit liability is no longer necessary.

The recognition and measurement of current taxes payable or refundable and deferred tax assets and liabilities requires that we make certain estimates and

judgments. Changes to these estimates or a change in judgment may have a material impact on our tax provision in a future period.

35

Table of Contents

Restructuring Accrual

Costs associated  with restructuring  activities  are recognized when they are incurred. However, in the case of leases, the expense is estimated  and accrued
when  the  property  is  vacated.  Given  the  significance  of,  and  the  timing  of  the  execution  of  such  activities,  this  process  is  complex  and  involves  periodic
reassessments of estimates made from the time the property was vacated, including evaluating real estate market conditions for expected vacancy periods and sub-
lease income. We recognize a liability for post-employment benefits for workforce reductions related to restructuring activities when payment is probable and the
amount  is  reasonably  estimable.  We  continually  evaluate  the  adequacy  of  the  remaining  liabilities  under  our  restructuring  initiatives.  Although  we  believe  that
these estimates accurately reflect the costs of our restructuring plans, actual results may differ, thereby requiring us to record additional provisions or reverse a
portion of such provisions. Refer to “ Note 14. Restructuring and Related Charges ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Derivative Liabilities

The  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  issued  by  our  subsidiary  Lumentum  Inc.  is  redeemable  at  the  option  of  the  holder  after  five  years  and  classified  as  non-
controlling interest redeemable convertible preferred stock in our consolidated balance sheet and is measured at its redemption value. The Series A Preferred Stock
conversion  feature  is  bifurcated  from  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  accounted  for  separately  as  a  derivative  liability.  In  March  2017,  we  issued
$450.0  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  0.25%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  in  March  2024  (the  “2024  Notes”),  unless  earlier  repurchased  by  us  or
converted pursuant to their terms. We separated the derivative liability from the host debt instrument based on the fair value of the derivative liability.

On a quarterly basis, the derivative liabilities are marked to market based on the fair value of the conversion features, with the resulting income or loss
recorded as unrealized loss on derivative liabilities on our consolidated statements of operations. The determination of fair value includes various inputs, including
volatility and interest rate assumptions. However, the change in the fair value of our common stock has the largest impact to the fair value of the derivatives.
During fiscal 2017 and 2016, we recognized a change in value of the derivative liabilities of $104.2 million and $10.3 million, respectively.

Business Combinations

We allocate the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated

fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. When
determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to
intangible assets. Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows from customer relationships and
acquired developed technology and discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are
inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ materially from estimates. Other estimates associated with the accounting for
acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require management’s judgment in its
application. There are also areas in which management’s judgment in selecting among available alternatives would not produce a materially different result. Our
senior management has reviewed our critical accounting policies and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of our board of directors.

Warranty

We provide reserves for the estimated costs of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. We estimate the costs of our warranty obligations based
on our historical experience of known product failure rates, use of materials to repair or replace defective products and service delivery costs incurred in correcting
product failures. In addition, from time to time, specific warranty accruals may be made if unforeseen technical problems arise.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to “ Note 2. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

36

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The results of operations for the periods presented are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for future periods. The following table summarizes

selected Consolidated Statements of Operations items as a percentage of net revenue:

Segment net revenue:

OpComms

Lasers

Net revenue

Cost of sales

Amortization of acquired technologies

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Restructuring and related charges

Total operating expenses

Income (loss) from operations

Unrealized loss on derivative liabilities

Interest and other income (expense), net

Income (loss) before income taxes

Provision for (benefit from) income tax

Net income (loss)

July 1, 2017

Years Ended

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

85.6 %  

84.3 %  

82.9 %

14.4

100.0

67.6

0.6

31.8

14.8

11.0

1.2

27.0

4.8

(10.4)

(0.3)

(5.9)

4.3

15.7

100.0

68.5

0.8

30.7

15.6

13.0

0.8

29.4

1.3

(0.1)

(0.1)

1.1

0.1

17.1

100.0

68.3

0.9

30.8

16.8

15.4

1.4

33.6

(2.8)

—

(0.1)

(2.9)

(2.5)

(10.2)%  

1.0 %  

(0.4)%

Financial Data for Fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015

The following table summarizes selected Consolidated Statements of Operations items ( in millions, except for percentages ):

2017

2016

  Change

Percentage
Change

2016

2015

  Change

Percentage
Change

Segment net revenue:

OpComms

Lasers

Net revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

Research and development

Percentage of net revenue

Selling, general and
administrative

Percentage of net revenue

Restructuring and related
charges

Percentage of net revenue

$

$

$

$

$

$

857.8

  $

761.3

  $

96.5  

12.7 %   $

761.3

  $

694.1

  $

143.8

1,001.6

  $

141.7

903.0

2.1  

1.5

  $

98.6  

10.9 %   $

141.7

903.0

  $

143.0

837.1

67.2  

(1.3)  

  $

65.9  

9.7 %

(0.9)

7.9 %

318.1

  $

277.3

  $

40.8  

14.7 %   $

277.3

  $

257.9

  $

19.4  

7.5 %

31.8%  

30.7%    

30.7%  

30.8%    

148.3

  $

141.1

  $

7.2  

5.1 %   $

141.1

  $

140.8

  $

0.3  

0.2 %

14.8%  

15.6%    

15.6%  

16.8%    

110.2

  $

117.3

  $

(7.1)  

(6.1)%   $

117.3

  $

128.9

  $

(11.6)  

(9.0)%

11.0%  

13.0%    

13.0%  

15.4%    

12.0

  $

1.2%  

7.4

  $

0.8%    

4.6  

62.2 %   $

7.4

  $

11.6

  $

(4.2)  

(36.2)%

0.8%  

1.4%    

37

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Net Revenue

Net revenue increased by $ 98.6 million , or 10.9% during fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. This increase was primarily due to an increase in net revenue
from our OpComms segment. OpComms net revenue increased $ 96.5 million , or 12.7% , during fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 driven by increases from
Telecom and 100G Datacom products. Lasers net revenue increased $ 2.1 million , or 1.5% , in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016.

Net revenue increased by $65.9 million, or 7.9%, during fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. This increase was primarily due to an increase in net revenue
from  our  OpComms  segment.  OpComms  net  revenue  increased  $67.2  million,  or  9.7%,  during  fiscal  2016  compared  to  fiscal  2015  driven  by  increases  from
Telecom and 100G Datacom products. Lasers net revenue decreased $1.3 million, or 0.9%, in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015.

Revenue by Region

We operate in three geographic regions: Americas, Asia-Pacific and EMEA. Net revenue is assigned to the geographic region and country where our product
is initially shipped. For example, certain customers may request shipment of our product to a contract manufacturer in one country, however, the location of the
end customers may differ. The following table presents net revenue by the three geographic regions we operate in and net revenue from countries that exceeded
10% or more of our total net revenue ( in millions, except for percentages ):

Net revenue:

Americas:

United States

Mexico

Other Americas

Total Americas

Asia-Pacific:

Hong Kong

Japan

Other Asia-Pacific

Total Asia-Pacific

EMEA

Total net revenue

July 1, 2017

Years Ended

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

$

$

$

$

$

$

147.9  

185.1  

9.2  

342.2  

226.7  

99.2  

225.4  

551.3  

14.8%   $

18.5

0.9

34.2%   $

22.6%   $

9.9

22.5

55.0%   $

162.3  

112.9  

19.6  

294.8  

214.0  

92.9  

177.8  

484.7  

18.0%   $

12.5

2.2

32.7%   $

23.7%   $

10.3

19.6

53.6%   $

162.4  

112.7  

31.1  

306.2  

120.4  

106.6  

174.4  

401.4  

19.4%

13.5

3.6

36.5%

14.4%

12.7

20.9

48.0%

108.1  

10.8%   $

123.5  

13.7%   $

129.5  

15.5%

1,001.6  

  $

903.0  

  $

837.1  

During fiscal 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , net revenue from customers outside the United States, based on customer shipping location, represented 85.2%, 82%
and 80.6% of net revenue, respectively. Our net revenue is primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, including our net revenue from customers outside the United
States as presented above. We expect revenue from customers outside of the United States to continue to be an important part of our overall net revenue and an
increasing focus for net revenue growth opportunities.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Gross Margin and Segment Gross Margin

The following table summarizes segment gross margin for fiscal 2017 , 2016 and 2015 ( in millions, except for percentages ):

OpComms

Lasers

Segment total

Unallocated corporate items (1)

Total

Gross Profit

Gross Margin

2017

2016

2015

2017

2016

2015

$

$

$

287.3   $

236.3   $

59.9  

61.4  

347.2   $

297.7   $

(29.1)  

(20.4)  

318.1   $

277.3   $

204.8  

67.4  

272.2  

(14.3)    

257.9  

33.5%  

41.7%  

34.7%  

31.0%  

43.3%  

33.0%  

29.5%

47.1%

32.5%

31.8%  

30.7%  

30.8%

(1) The unallocated corporate items for the years presented include the effects of amortization of acquired developed technology intangible assets, share-based
compensation  and  certain  other  charges.  We  do  not  allocate  these  items  to  the  gross  margin  for  each  segment  because  management  does  not  include  such
information in measuring the performance of the operating segments.

Gross Margin

Gross  margin  in  fiscal 2017 increased by 1.1% to 31.8% from 30.7% in fiscal 2016 .  This  increase  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  OpComms  gross

margins partially offset by a decrease in Lasers gross margins.

Gross margin in fiscal 2016 was relatively flat compared to fiscal 2015. A decrease in Lasers gross margins was offset by an increase in OpComms gross

margins.

As discussed in more detail  under “Net Revenue” above, we sell products in certain  markets that are consolidating, undergoing product, architectural  and
business  model  transitions,  have  high  customer  concentrations,  are  highly  competitive  (increasingly  due  to  Asia-Pacific-based  competition),  are  price  sensitive
and/or are affected by customer seasonal and mix variant buying patterns. We expect these factors to continue to result in variability of our gross margin.

Segment Gross Margin

OpComms

OpComms gross margin in fiscal 2017 increased 2.5% to 33.5% from 31.0% in fiscal 2016 . This increase was primarily due to higher revenue volume and

product mix.

OpComms gross margin in fiscal 2016 increased 1.5% to 31.0% from 29.5% in fiscal 2015. This increase was primarily due to higher revenue volume and

cost reductions, partially offset by an inventory write-off related to our legacy 3D sensing product.

Lasers

Lasers  gross  margin  in  fiscal  2017  decreased 1.6% to 41.7% from 43.3% in  fiscal  2016.  This  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  higher  manufacturing  and

warranty costs.

Lasers gross margin in fiscal 2016 decreased 3.8% to 43.3% from 47.1% in fiscal 2015. This decrease was primarily due to lower revenue volume and higher

warranty cost due to a component quality issue on our fiber laser product.

Research and Development

R&D expense increased $ 7.2 million , or 5.1% , in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 . The increase in R&D expense was primarily due to the increase in

the payroll related expense of $8.6 million, which includes an increase of stock-based compensation of $2.6 million. This was partially offset with higher partner
reimbursements for development expense.

R&D  expense  increased  $0.3  million,  or  0.2%,  in  fiscal  2016  compared  to  fiscal  2015.  The  increase  in  R&D  expense  was  primarily  due  to  increased
investment in new R&D programs, one additional week of spend in fiscal 2016, and increased payroll related expense. This was partially offset by higher partner
reimbursements for development expense and a decrease in payroll-related costs resulting from the closure of the Serangoon office in Singapore.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents

We believe that continuing our investments in R&D is critical to attaining our strategic objectives. We plan to continue to invest in R&D and new products

that we believe will further differentiate us in the marketplace and expect our investment to increase in absolute dollars in future quarters.

Selling, General and Administrative

SG&A expense decreased $ 7.1 million , or 6.1% , in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. The decrease was primarily a result of reduced separation related
charges and restructuring expenses of $13.6 million. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in payroll related expense of $7.8 million and an increase in
stock-based compensation of $1.8 million.

SG&A expense decreased $11.6 million, or 9.0%, in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. Our fiscal 2015 SG&A expense included allocated expenses from
Viavi and therefore was higher as compared to fiscal 2016 which was entirely on a stand-alone basis. This is partially offset by higher payroll related and benefits
costs resulting from an additional week in fiscal 2016.

We intend to continue to focus on managing our SG&A expense as a percentage of net revenue. However, we may experience in the future, certain non-core
expenses,  such  as  mergers  and  acquisitions-related  expenses  and  litigation  expenses,  which  could  increase  our  SG&A  expense  and  potentially  impact  our
profitability expectations in any particular quarter.

Restructuring and Related Charges

We have reduced costs through targeted restructuring efforts intended to consolidate our operations, rationalize the manufacturing of our products and align

our business in response to market conditions. Refer to “ Note 14. Restructuring and Related Charges ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of July 1, 2017 , our total restructuring accrual was $3.8 million . During fiscal 2017, we recorded $ 12.0 million in restructuring and related charges. Of

the  $12.0 million charge recorded during  fiscal 2017 ,  $2.1 million related to severance, retention and employee benefits.

During fiscal 2016, we recorded $7.7 million in restructuring and related charges.

•

•

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, management approved a plan to optimize operations and gain efficiencies throughout the organization. As a
result, a restructuring charge of $0.7 million was recorded for severance and employee benefits during fiscal 2016. In total, there were 18 employees in
manufacturing, R&D and SG&A functions that were terminated. Payments related to the remaining severance and benefits accrual have been paid in
full.

We  also  incurred  restructuring  and  related  charges  of  $7.0  million  from  restructuring  plans  approved  prior  to  fiscal  2016  primarily  related  to
manufacturing transfer costs for transfer of certain production processes into existing sites in the United States or to contract manufacturers.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest  and  other  income  (expense),  net  is  comprised  substantially  of  gains  and  losses  associated  with  the  re-measurement  of  non-functional  currency
denominated monetary assets and liabilities, as well as amortization of the debt discount on the 2024 Notes. See “ Note 11. Convertible Senior Notes ” in the Notes
to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the 2024 Notes.

Interest  and  other  income  (expense),  net  was  $  (3.2)  million  in  fiscal  2017  as  compared  to  $(1.2)  million  in  fiscal  2016.  The  $2.0  million  change  was

primarily due to interest expense related to the 2024 Notes in fiscal 2017.

Interest and other income (expense), net was $(1.2) million in fiscal 2016 as compared to $(1.1) million in fiscal 2015. The $0.1 million change was primarily

due higher foreign exchange losses, offset by a decrease in interest expense in fiscal 2016.

The components of interest and other income (expense), net were as follows ( in millions ):

Interest expense

Foreign exchange gains (losses), net

Other income (expense), net

Interest and other income (expense), net

Years Ended

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

$

$

(5.5)   $

0.6  

1.7  

(3.2)   $

(0.1)   $

(0.9)  

(0.2)  

(1.2)   $

(0.7)

(0.3)

(0.1)

(1.1)

40

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative liabilities

Unrealized loss on Series A Preferred Stock derivative liability amounted to $41.3 million and $0.6 million for the fiscal years 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Unrealized  loss  on  the  2024  Notes  derivative  liability  during  fiscal  2017 was  $62.9 million.  The  change  is  primarily  related  to  the  change  in  the  price  of  our
underlying common stock and is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as “Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative liabilities”.

For further discussion of our derivative liabilities, see “ Note 12. Derivative Liabilities ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes (in millions)

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

Years Ended

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

$

42.7   $

0.4   $

(21.1)

We  recorded  a  provision  (benefit)  for  income  taxes  of  $42.7 million , $0.4 million , and $(21.1) million in fiscal  2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.  Our
effective tax rate of (71.4)% in fiscal 2017 differs from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35%, primarily attributable to non-deductible unrealized losses
associated with the embedded derivatives for the Series A Preferred Stock and the 2024 Notes, as well as unrecognized tax benefits, non-deductible stock-based
compensation, and changes in the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. Our effective tax rate was also impacted by the benefit of our foreign income
being taxed at different rates than the U.S. statutory rate, as well as the benefit of research and development tax credits.

Our effective tax rate of 4.1% in fiscal 2016 differs from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35%, primarily attributable to changes in the valuation

allowance against our deferred tax assets and offset by the benefit of our foreign income being taxed at different rates than the U.S. statutory rates.

Our effective tax rate of 86.1% in fiscal 2015 differs from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35%, primarily attributable to reversal of previously

accrued taxes and offset by Subpart F taxes.

As of July 1, 2017, we had net deferred tax assets of $3.6 million which was mainly comprised of tax attribute carryovers in certain foreign jurisdictions. Our
federal, state, and Canada deferred tax assets are subject to a valuation allowance to reflect uncertainties about whether we will be able to utilize the deferred tax
assets before they expire.

While  we  believe  our  current  valuation  allowance  is  sufficient,  we  assess  the  need  for  an  adjustment  to  the  valuation  allowance  on  a  quarterly  basis.  The
assessment is based on our estimates of future sources of taxable income for the jurisdictions in which we operate and the periods over which our deferred tax
assets will be realizable.  In the event the Company determines that it will be able to realize all or part of its net deferred tax assets in the future, the valuation
allowance will be reversed in the period in which the Company makes such determination. The release of a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets may
cause  greater  volatility  in  the  effective  tax  rate  in  the  periods  in  which  it  is  reversed.  It  is  reasonably  possible  that  significant  positive  evidence  may  become
available to reach a conclusion that a significant portion of the valuation allowance will no longer be needed, and as such, we may release a significant portion of
our  valuation  allowance  in  the  next  12  months.  Such  a  release  would  result  in  the  recognition  of  certain  deferred  tax  assets  and  a  decrease  in  the  income  tax
expense for the period in which the release is recorded.

The income and non-income tax regimes we are subject to or operate under are unsettled and may be subject to significant change. Changes in tax laws or tax
rulings, or changes in interpretations of existing laws, could materially affect our financial position and results of operations. Many countries in Europe, as well as
a  number  of  other  countries  and  organizations,  have  recently  proposed  or  recommended  changes  to  existing  tax  laws  or  have  enacted  new  laws  that  could
significantly  increase  our  tax  obligations  in  many  countries  where  we  do  business  or  require  us  to  change  the  manner  in  which  we  operate  our  business.  The
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development has been working on a Base Erosion and Profit Sharing Project, and issued in 2015, and is expected to
continue to issue, guidelines and proposals that may change various aspects of the existing framework under which our tax obligations are determined in many of
the countries in which we do business. The European Commission has conducted investigations in multiple countries focusing on whether local country tax rulings
or tax legislation provides preferential tax treatment that violates European Union state aid rules and concluded that certain countries. These investigations may
result  in  changes  to  the  tax  treatment  of  our  foreign  operations.  In  addition,  the  current  U.S.  administration  and  key  members  of  Congress  have  made  public
statements indicating that tax reform is a priority. Certain changes to U.S. tax laws, including limitations on the ability to defer U.S. taxation on earnings outside of
the United States until those earnings are repatriated to the United States, could affect the tax treatment of our foreign earnings. Due to our expanding international
business activities, many of these types of

41

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

changes to the taxation of our activities could increase our worldwide effective tax rate and harm our financial position and results of operations.

For further discussion of our income tax provision, see “ Note 15. Income Taxes ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at July 1, 2017 , and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash

flow over the next five years ( in millions ):

Contractual Obligations

Asset retirement obligations
Purchase obligations (1)
Operating lease obligations (1)
Pension and post-retirement benefit payments (2)

0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024
Interest on 2024 Notes (3)
Acquisition contingencies (4)

Total

Payments due by period

Total

Less than 1
year

1 - 3 years

3 - 5 years

More than 5
years

$

2.8   $

0.3   $

0.4   $

0.5   $

146.2  

42.8  

3.9  

450.0  

7.3  

2.7  

145.5  

11.4  

0.5  

—  

1.2  

—  

0.7  

19.7  

0.2  

—  

2.2  

2.7  

—  

7.7  

0.2  

—  

2.2  

—  

1.6

—

4.0

3.0

450.0

1.7

—

$

655.7   $

158.9   $

25.9   $

10.6   $

460.3

(1) Refer to “ Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2) Refer to “ Note 17. Employee Benefit Plans ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3) Includes interest on our 0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 through September 2023 as we have the right to redeem the 2024 Notes in whole or in

part at any time on or after March 15, 2024.

(4) Refer to “ Note 6. Mergers and Acquisitions ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Purchase obligations represent legally-binding commitments to purchase inventory and other commitments made in the normal course of business to meet

operational requirements.

As  of  July  1,  2017  ,  other  current  liabilities  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  include  $0.3  million  and $0.3  million  of  asset  retirement  obligations  and

operating lease obligations, respectively, in connection with restructuring and related activities, disclosed in the preceding table.

As of July 1, 2017 , our other non-current liabilities primarily relate to asset retirement obligations and pension which are presented in various lines in the

preceding table.

As of July 1, 2017 , our other non-current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet include  $10.5 million  of unrecognized tax benefit for uncertain tax
positions. We are unable to reliably estimate the timing of future payments related to uncertain tax positions and therefore have excluded them from the preceding
table.

The table above does not include potential redemption of our redeemable convertible preferred stock with a $35.8 million face value, plus any accrued and
unpaid interest, as there is no set maturity date. If the holder of our redeemable convertible preferred stock does not execute its conversion option, or if it is unable
to do so before the third anniversary of the date of issuance, we may choose to redeem the preferred stock for $35.8 million . In addition, on the fifth anniversary
date of the issuance, the holder of our redeemable convertible preferred stock may elect to redeem the preferred stock for $35.8 million .

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as such term is defined in rules promulgated by the SEC, that have or are reasonably likely to have a
current  or  future  effect  on  our  financial  condition,  changes  in  financial  condition,  revenues  or  expenses,  results  of  operations,  liquidity,  capital  expenditures  or
capital resources that are material to investors.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

Acquisitions

As part of our strategy, we are committed to the ongoing evaluation of strategic opportunities and, where appropriate, the acquisition of additional products,
technologies or businesses that are complementary to, or broaden the markets for, our products. We believe we have strengthened our business model by expanding
our addressable markets, customer base and expertise, diversifying our product portfolio, and fortifying our core businesses through acquisitions as well as through
organic initiatives.

In February 2017, we completed the acquisition of a privately held company to enhance our manufacturing and vertical integration capabilities. We acquired
all of the outstanding shares of the company. In connection with the acquisition, we paid upfront cash consideration of $5.1 million , incurred liabilities of $2.7
million contingent upon the achievement of certain production targets being achieved within 36 months following the acquisition date, and retained $0.9 million of
the  purchase  price  as  security  for  the  seller’s  indemnification  obligations  under  the  purchase  agreement.  This  resulted  in  total  purchase  consideration  of  $8.7
million .

Please refer to “ Note 6. Mergers and Acquisitions ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pension Benefits

  As a result of acquiring Time-Bandwidth in January 2014, we have a pension plan for certain employees in Switzerland. This plan is open to new participants
and additional service costs are being accrued. The Switzerland plan is partially funded. As of July 1, 2017 , our pension plan was under funded by $3.9 million
since the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) exceeded the fair value of the plan assets.

We expect to contribute $0.5 million to the Switzerland plan during fiscal 2018.

A  key  actuarial  assumption  in  calculating  the  net  periodic  cost  and  the  PBO  is  the  discount  rate.  Changes  in  the  discount  rate  impact  the  interest  cost
component of the net periodic benefit cost calculation and PBO due to the fact that the PBO is calculated on a net present value basis. Decreases in the discount
rate will generally increase pre-tax cost, recognized expense and the PBO. Increases in the discount rate tend to have the opposite effect. We estimate a 50 basis
point decrease or increase in the discount rate would cause a corresponding increase or decrease, respectively, in the PBO of $1.3 million or $(1.1) million, based
upon data as of July 1, 2017 .

43

Table of Contents

Financial Condition

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of July  1,  2017  and July  2,  2016  , our cash and cash equivalents  of $ 272.9 million  and  $157.1  million,  respectively,  were  held  predominantly  in  the
United States. The total amount of cash outside the United States as of July 1, 2017 is $65.4 million, which is primarily held in Cayman Islands, Thailand, Canada,
Switzerland, China and Japan. Although the cash currently held in the United States as well as the cash generated in the United States from future operations is
expected to cover our normal operating requirements, a substantial amount of additional cash could be required for other purposes, such as capital expenditures to
support  our  business  and  growth,  including  costs  associated  with  increasing  internal  manufacturing  capabilities,  strategic  transactions  and  partnerships,
acquisitions, dividends that may be declared and future stock repurchase programs. Our intent is to indefinitely reinvest funds held outside the United States and
our  current  plans  do  not  demonstrate  a  need  to  repatriate  them  to  fund  our  domestic  operations.  However,  if  in  the  future,  we  encounter  a  significant  need  for
liquidity domestically or at a particular location that we cannot fulfill through borrowings, equity offerings, or other internal or external sources, we may determine
that  cash  repatriations  are  necessary.  Repatriation  could  result  in  additional  material  U.S.  federal  and  state  income  tax  payments  in  future  years.  Such  adverse
consequences would occur, for example, if the transfer of cash into the United States is taxed and no foreign tax credit is available to offset the U.S. tax liability,
resulting in higher taxes. These factors may cause us to have an overall tax rate higher than other companies or higher than our tax rates have been in the past. If
conditions warrant, we may seek to obtain additional financing through debt or equity sources. To the extent we issue additional shares, our existing stockholders
may be diluted. However, any such financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, or may not be available at all.

Fiscal 2017

As of July 1, 2017, our consolidated balance of cash and cash equivalents increased by $ 115.8 million , to $ 272.9 million from $157.1 million as of July 2,
2016. The increase in cash and cash equivalents was mainly due to proceeds from the issuance of the 2024 Notes during fiscal 2017, offset by the purchases of
short-term investments and property, plant and equipment.

Cash provided by operating activities was $ 85.0 million for the year ended July 1, 2017, primarily resulting from $ 102.5 million of net loss and $199.4
million  of  non-cash  items  such  as  depreciation,  stock-based  compensation,  amortization  of  intangibles  and  unrealized  loss  on  derivative  liabilities,  offset  by
changes  in  excess  tax  benefit  associated  with  stock-based  compensation.  In  addition,  changes  in  our  operating  assets  and  liabilities  of  $11.9  million  related
primarily to an increase in inventories of $41.7 million and a decrease in accounts payable of $16.9 million related to such non-cash items as $10 million unpaid
property, plant and equipment, offset by a decrease in deferred taxes, net of $26.8 million and an increase in income taxes payable of $15.9 million.

Cash used in  investing  activities  was mainly  for  capital  expenditures  and  purchases  of  short-term  investments,  net  of sales  of $  138.1 million and $282.5

million, respectively, for the year ended July 1, 2017. Changes in investing cash flow in fiscal 2017 also related to the acquisition of a business for $5.1 million.

Cash provided by financing activities was $ 456.7 million for the year ended July 1, 2017, consisting primarily from proceeds of $ 442.3 million from the

issuance of the 2024 Notes.

Fiscal 2016

As of July 2, 2016, our consolidated balance of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments was $157.1 million, an increase of $142.3 million, or

961.5%, as compared to $14.8 million as of June 27, 2015.

Cash provided by operating activities was $86.6 million, primarily resulting from $9.3 million of net income, which included $80.7 million of non-cash items
such as depreciation, stock-based compensation, derivative liability, amortization of intangibles and disposal of property, plant and equipment, offset by changes in
operating assets and liabilities of $3.4 million. Changes in our operating assets and liabilities related primarily to an increase in accounts payable of $28.9 million,
an  increase  in  accounts  receivable  of  $21.8  million,  an  increase  in  prepayments,  other  current  and  non-currents  assets  of  $12.7  million,  an  increase  in  accrued
payroll and related expenses of $9.2 million, a decrease in deferred taxes, net of $1.7 million, a decrease in income taxes payable of $1.7 million, an increase in
inventories of $3.1 million and a decrease in accrued expenses and other current and non-current liabilities of $0.5 million.

Cash used in investing activities included $82.0 million, of cash used for capital expenditures, primarily to expand our manufacturing capacity.

Cash provided by financing activities was $136.4 million resulting primarily from net transfers from Viavi of $134.2 million at the Separation date.

44

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2015

As of June 27, 2015, our consolidated balance of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments was $14.8 million , a decrease of $5.4 million , or

26.7%, as compared to $ 20.2 million as of June 28, 2014.

Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  $9.4  million  ,  primarily  resulting  from  $  3.4  million  of  net  loss  and  $  69.0  million  of  non-cash  items  such  as
depreciation, stock-based compensation, amortization of intangibles and changes in our deferred tax balances, offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities
of $ 56.2 million . Changes in our operating assets and liabilities related primarily to an increase in accounts receivable of $ 17.8 million , an increase in other
current and non-currents assets of $ 14.5 million , a decrease in income taxes payable of $ 10.8 million , an increase in inventories of $ 6.2 million and a decrease
in accrued expenses and other current and non-current liabilities of $ 6.9 million .

Cash used in investing activities was $ 53.5 million , primarily resulting from cash used for capital expenditures of $ 53.7 million .

Cash provided by financing activities was $ 40.6 million resulting from net transfers from Viavi.

Liquidity and Capital Resources Requirements

We believe that our cash and cash equivalents as of July 1, 2017, and cash flows from our operating activities will be sufficient to meet our liquidity and
capital  spending  requirements  for  at  least  the  next  12  months.  However,  if  market  conditions  are  favorable,  we  may  evaluate  alternatives  to  opportunistically
pursue additional financing.

There are a number of factors that could positively or negatively impact our liquidity position, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

global economic conditions which affect demand for our products and services and impact the financial stability of our suppliers and customers; 

changes in accounts receivable, inventory or other operating assets and liabilities which affect our working capital; 

increase in capital expenditures to support our business and growth; 

the tendency of customers to delay payments or to negotiate favorable payment terms to manage their own liquidity positions; 

timing of payments to our suppliers; 

factoring or sale of accounts receivable; 

volatility in fixed income and credit which impact the liquidity and valuation of our investment portfolios; 

volatility in foreign exchange markets which impacts our financial results; 

possible investments or acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies, or other strategic transactions or partnerships; 

issuance of debt or equity securities, or other financing transactions, including bank debt;

potential funding of pension liabilities either voluntarily or as required by law or regulation; and

the settlement of any conversion or redemption of the 2024 Notes in cash.

45

Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Foreign Exchange Risk

We conduct our business and sell our products to customers primarily in Asia, Europe, and North America. Due to the impact of changes in foreign currency
exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar and foreign currencies, for the fiscal year ended July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016 , we recorded unrealized gain (loss) of $0.6
million  and  $(0.9)  million,  respectively,  in  the  interest  and  other  income  (expense),  net  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  included  in  this  Annual
Report.

Although we sell primarily in U.S. Dollar, we have foreign currency exchange risks related to our operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the
U.S. Dollar, principally the Thai Baht, Canadian Dollar, Japanese Yen, Swiss Franc, Euro, and Chinese Yuan. The volatility of exchange rates depends on many
factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy. In the event our foreign currency denominated assets, liabilities, sales or expenses increase, our operating
results may be more greatly affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies in which we do business.

Equity Price Risk

We are exposed to equity price risk related to the conversion options embedded in our Series A Preferred Stock and the 2024 Notes. Our Series A Preferred
Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of our common stock commencing on the second anniversary of the closing of the securities purchase
(absent a change of control of us or similar event) using a conversion price of $ 24.63 . The 2024 Notes will mature on March 15, 2024, unless earlier repurchased
by us or converted pursuant to their terms, at a conversion price of approximately $60.62 per share.

The  conversion  feature  is  bifurcated  from  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  accounted  for  separately  as  a  derivative  liability.  On  a  quarterly  basis,  the
derivative liability is marked to market based on the fair values of the conversion feature, with the resulting income or loss recorded as unrealized (gain) loss on a
derivative  liability  on  our  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  The  determination  of  fair  values  includes  various  inputs,  including  volatility  and  interest  rate
assumptions (see “ Note 12. Derivative Liabilities ”). However, the change in the fair value of our common stock has the largest impact to the fair value of the
derivative. Based on a hypothetical $ 10.00 per share increase or decrease in the fair value of our common stock, our net income would be reduced or increased by
approximately ($13.9) million or $14.0 million, respectively, for the Series A Preferred Stock derivative.

Market Risk and Market Interest Risk

On March 2, 2017, we issued $450 million aggregate principal amount of 0.25% Convertible Senior Notes (the “2024 Notes”). Holders may convert their

notes prior to maturity under certain circumstances. On June 29, 2017, we satisfied the Tax Matters Agreement settlement condition , as described in “ Note 11.
Convertible Senior Notes ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. As such, the value of the conversion option will no longer be marked to market, and
is reclassified to additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet.

We do not have economic interest rate exposure related to the 2024 Notes, as they have a fixed annual interest rate of 0.25%. See “ Note 11. Convertible

Senior Notes ” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the 2024 Notes.

Interest Rate Fluctuation Ris k

As  of  July  1,  2017,  we  had  cash,  cash  equivalents,  and  marketable  securities  of  $555.3  million.  Cash  equivalents  and  marketable  securities  are  primarily
comprised of certificates of deposit and highly liquid investment grade fixed income securities. Our investment policy and strategy is focused on the preservation
of capital and supporting our liquidity requirements. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. As of July 1, 2017, the weighted-average
duration of our investment portfolio was less than one year. Our fixed-income portfolio is subject to fluctuations in interest rates, which could affect our results of
operations. Based on our investment portfolio balance as of July 1, 2017, a hypothetical increase in interest rates of 1% (100 basis points) would have resulted in a
decrease in the fair value of our portfolio of approximately $0.4 million, and a hypothetical increase of 0.5% (50 basis points) would have resulted in a decrease in
the fair value of our portfolio of approximately $0.2 million.

46

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Lumentum Holdings Inc.
Milpitas, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Lumentum Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of July 1, 2017, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock, stockholders' equity and invested equity, and cash flows for the
year ended July 1, 2017. Our audit also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement
schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement
schedule based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining,
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lumentum Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries at
July 1, 2017, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended July 1, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements
taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over
financial reporting as July 1, 2017, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated July 1, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial
reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
San Jose, California

August 29, 2017

47

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lumentum Holdings Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index appearing under Item 15(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of Lumentum Holdings Inc. at July 2, 2016 and June 27, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended July 2, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial
statement schedules listed in the accompanying index appearing under Item 15(2) present fairly in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read
in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits. We
conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for
our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

September 2, 2016

48

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions, except per share data)

Table of Contents

Net revenue

Cost of sales

Amortization of acquired technologies

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

    Research and development

    Selling, general and administrative

    Restructuring and related charges

Total operating expenses

Income (loss) from operations

Unrealized loss on derivative liabilities

Interest and other income (expense), net

Income (loss) before income taxes

Provision for (benefit from) income tax

Net income (loss)

Cumulative dividends on Series A Preferred Stock

Accretion of Series A Preferred Stock

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (a)

    Basic

    Diluted

Shares used in per share calculation attributable to common stockholders (a)

    Basic

    Diluted

Years Ended

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

$

1,001.6   $

903.0   $

677.0  

6.5  

318.1  

148.3  

110.2  

12.0  

270.5  

47.6  

(104.2)  

(3.2)  

(59.8)  

42.7  

(102.5)  

(0.9)  

—  

618.9  

6.8  

277.3  

141.1  

117.3  

7.4  

265.8  

11.5  

(0.6)  

(1.2)  

9.7  

0.4  

9.3  

(0.8)  

(11.7)  

$

$

$

(103.4)   $

(3.2)   $

(1.71)   $

(1.71)   $

(0.05)   $

(0.05)   $

60.6  

60.6  

59.1  

59.1  

837.1

571.6

7.6

257.9

140.8

128.9

11.6

281.3

(23.4)

—

(1.1)

(24.5)

(21.1)

(3.4)

—

—

(3.4)

(0.06)

(0.06)

58.8

58.8

(a) On  August  1,  2015,  JDS  Uniphase  Corporation  (“JDSU”)  distributed  47.1  million  shares,  or  80.1%  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock  of
Lumentum Holdings Inc. (“Lumentum”) to existing holders of JDSU common stock. JDSU was renamed Viavi Solutions Inc. (“Viavi”) and at the time of
the distribution, retained 11.7 million shares, or 19.9% of Lumentum’s outstanding shares. Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for all periods
through June 27, 2015 is calculated using the shares of Lumentum common stock outstanding on August 1, 2015. Refer to “ Note 4. Earnings Per Share ”
in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

49

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in millions)

Years Ended

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

Net income (loss)

Other comprehensive loss:

Net change in cumulative translation adjustment

Net change in defined benefit obligation, net of tax

Unrealized actuarial losses arising during the period

Net change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

$

(102.5)   $

9.3   $

(1.2)  

(0.8)  

(2.0)  

(2.0)  

(1.1)  

(3.1)  

6.2   $

(3.4)

(9.3)

(0.9)

(10.2)

(13.6)

Comprehensive income (loss)

$

(104.5)   $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

50

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Table of Contents

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term investments

Accounts receivable, net

Inventories

Prepayments and other current assets

     Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Goodwill and intangibles, net

Deferred income taxes

Other non-current assets

Total assets

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except share and per share data)

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

$

272.9   $

$

$

282.4  

166.3  

145.2  

63.5  

930.3  

273.5  

21.5  

3.9  

3.7  

1,232.9   $

114.8   $

27.5  

0.7  

19.3  

21.9  

184.2  

317.5

51.6

25.0  

578.3  

35.8  

35.8  

0.1  

694.5  

(83.2)  

7.4  

618.8  

157.1

—

170.5

100.6

61.3

489.5

183.4

19.9

31.9

1.6

726.3

118.3

26.5

1.9

14.9

12.1

173.7

—

10.3

9.1

193.1

35.8

35.8

0.1

467.7

20.2

9.4

497.4

726.3

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY, AND
INVESTED EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

Accrued payroll and related expenses

Income taxes payable

Accrued expenses

Other current liabilities

     Total current liabilities

Convertible note

Derivative liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

     Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

   Non-controlling interest redeemable convertible Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 authorized
shares; 35,805 shares issued and outstanding as of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016

     Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 990,000,000 authorized shares, 61,476,103 and 59,580,596 shares issued and
outstanding as of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, respectively

Additional paid-in capital

Retained earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     Total stockholders’ equity

     Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, stockholders equity, and invested equity

$

1,232.9   $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

51

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

Years Ended

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net income (loss)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

$

(102.5)   $

9.3   $

Depreciation expense

Stock-based compensation

Unrealized loss on derivative liability

Amortization of acquired technologies and other intangibles

Disposal of property, plant and equipment

Other non-cash (income) expenses

Excess tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation

Amortization of discount on 0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Prepayments and other current and non-currents assets

Deferred taxes, net

Accounts payable

Accrued payroll and related expenses

Income taxes payable

Accrued expenses and other current and non-current liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

Purchases of short-term investments

Proceeds from maturities and sales of short-term investments

    Proceeds from the sales of property and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Net transfers from (to) Viavi

Proceeds from the issuance of 0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024, net of issuance costs

Excess tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation

    Payment of dividends - preferred stock

    Payment of financing obligation related to acquisition

    Proceeds from employee stock plans

    Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

Net cash provided by financing activities

   Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

   Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

54.2  

32.7  

104.2  

6.8  

0.2  

—  

(3.8)  

5.1  

4.2  

(41.7)  

(7.4)  

26.8  

(16.9)  

1.0  

15.9  

6.2  

85.0  

(138.1)  

(5.1)  

(290.7)  

8.2  

—  

(425.7)  

—  

442.3  

3.8  

(0.9)  

—  

8.1  

3.4  

456.7  

(0.2)  

115.8  

157.1  

47.4  

24.9  

0.6  

7.2  

0.6  

—  

—  

—  

(21.8)  

(3.1)  

(12.7)  

(1.7)  

28.9  

9.2  

(1.7)  

(0.5)  

86.6  

(82.0)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(0.5)  

(2.3)  

3.1  

1.9  

136.4  

1.6  

142.6  

14.5  

$

272.9   $

157.1   $

(82.0)  

(53.5)

134.2  

40.6

(3.4)

43.0

18.2

—

8.0

(1.2)

(0.9)

—

—

(17.8)

(6.2)

(14.5)

1.9

1.0

(1.0)

(10.8)

(6.9)

9.4

(53.7)

—

—

—

0.2

—

—

—

—

—

—

40.6

(1.9)

(5.4)

19.9

14.5

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
52

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

In fiscal years ended July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, we paid  $9.5 million and $2.7 million , respectively, for income taxes. Unpaid property, plant and

equipment in accounts payable and accrued expense has  $18.4 million and $13.1 million as of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, respectively. For the fiscal year 2016,
non-cash financing activities included $9.7 million related to the beneficial conversion feature for redeemable convertible preferred stock and $2.0 million related
to the accretion of the issuance cost of the redeemable convertible preferred stock.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

53

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY, AND INVESTED
EQUITY

(in millions)

(in millions)

Non-Controlling Interest
Redeemable Convertible 
Series A Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated 
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)

Viavi Net
Investment

Total Invested
Equity / 
Total
Stockholders
Equity

—   $

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—   $

—   $

—   $

—   $

22.7

  $

312.9   $

335.6

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(10.2)

—  

(3.4)  

—  

58.6  

12.5

368.1  

—  

(11.7)  

(4.7)

—  

—  

136.5  

(4.7)

124.8  

(3.4)

(10.2)

58.6

380.6

(11.7)

(4.7)

136.5

120.1

—  

—    

58.8  

0.1  

457.0

—  

—  

(457.1)  

—

—  

—  

33.8    

2.0    

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(2.0)

—  

—  

—  

—  

(35.8)  

—  

(35.8)

(2.0)

—  

(9.7)    

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—

—  

9.7    

—  

—  

(9.7)

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—    

—    

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(0.8)

—  

—  

1.6

—  

—  

(9.7)

(0.8)

1.6

54

Balance as of June 28, 2014

Net loss

Other comprehensive loss

Net transfers from Viavi

Balance as of June 27, 2015

Pre-Separation activity:

  Net loss

  Other comprehensive income

  Transfers from Viavi

  Total pre-Separation activity

Post-Separation activity:

  Issuance of common stock and
reclassification of parent company
investment in connection with the
Separation

  Issuance of redeemable convertible
preferred stock, net of issuance costs
of $2.0

Accretion of equity issuance costs

  Recognition of the bifurcation of the
preferred stock’s derivative liability
component

  Recognition of the redemption value
of the convertible preferred stock

  Declared dividend for preferred
stock

  Other comprehensive income

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY, AND INVESTED
EQUITY

(in millions)

Non-Controlling Interest
Redeemable Convertible 
Series A Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated 
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)

Viavi Net
Investment

Total Invested
Equity / 
Total
Stockholders
Equity

(in millions)

—  

—    

0.8  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

35.8    

35.8    

—    

—    

(0.3)  

0.1  

0.2  

—  

—  

59.6  

59.6  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

0.1  

0.1  

—  

—  

(6.8)  

1.9  

3.1  

24.2  

—  

467.7  

467.7  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

21.0  

20.2  

20.2  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

1.6

9.4

(102.5)  

—  

—  

(2.0)

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(492.9)  

—  

—  

—  

(6.8)

1.9

3.1

24.2

21.0

(3.3)

497.4

(102.5)

(2.0)

—  

—    

—  

—  

—  

(0.9)  

—  

—  

(0.9)

—  

—    

—  

—  

192.8  

—  

—  

—  

192.8

—  

—  

—  

—    

—    

—    

1.6  

0.3  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(12.2)  

8.1  

34.3  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(12.2)

8.1

34.3

—  

—    

—  

—  

3.8  

—  

—  

—  

3.8

  Release of common stock shares
upon vesting of restricted stock units

  Shares withheld for the withholding
on vesting of restricted stock units

  Exercise of stock options

  ESPP Shares issued

  Stock-based compensation

Net Income

Total post-Separation activity

Balance as of July 2, 2016

Net Loss

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  Declared dividend for preferred
stock

  Reclassification of 2024 Notes
derivative liability in connection with
cash settlement condition

  Issuance of shares pursuant to equity
plans, net of tax withholdings

  ESPP Shares issued

  Stock-based compensation

Excess tax benefit associated with
stock-based compensation

Balance as of July 1, 2017

—   $

35.8    

61.5   $

0.1   $

694.5   $

(83.2)   $

7.4

  $

—   $

618.8

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

55

 
 
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Lumentum (we, us, our or the Company) is an industry leading provider of optical and photonic products defined by revenue and market share addressing a
range of end market applications including Datacom and Telecom networking and commercial lasers for manufacturing, inspection and life-science applications.
We  are  using  our  core  optical  and  photonic  technology  and  our  volume  manufacturing  capability  to  expand  into  attractive  emerging  markets  that  benefit  from
advantages that optical or photonics-based solutions provide, including 3D sensing for consumer electronics and diode light sources for a variety of consumer and
industrial  applications.  The  majority  of  our  customers  tend  to  be  OEMs  that  incorporate  our  products  into  their  products  which  then  address  end-market
applications. For example, we sell fiber optic components that our NEM customers assemble into communications networking systems, which they sell to network
service  providers  or  enterprises  with  their  own  networks.  Similarly,  many  of  our  customers  for  our  Lasers  products  incorporate  our  products  into  tools  they
produce, which are used for manufacturing processes by their customers.

Basis of Presentation

On July 31, 2015, prior to the Separation, Viavi transferred substantially all of the assets and liabilities and operations of the CCOP segment and WaveReady
product  lines  to  Lumentum.  Financial  statements  for  periods  prior  to  the  Separation  were  prepared  on  a  stand-alone  basis  and  were  derived  from  Viavi’s
consolidated financial statements and accounting records. The Company prepared consolidated financial statements for the period from June 28, 2015 to August 1,
2015  where  expenses  were  allocated  to  us  using  estimates  that  we  consider  to  be  a  reasonable  reflection  of  the  utilization  of  services  provided  to,  or  benefits
received by, us. From August 1, 2015 to July 2, 2016, the Company prepared consolidated financial statements as an independent stand-alone basis pursuant to the
rules  and  regulations  of  the  SEC  and  are  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP.  In  the  opinion  of  management,  these  consolidated  financial  statements  reflect  all
adjustments,  consisting  only  of  normal  recurring  adjustments,  which  are  necessary  for  a  fair  statement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  periods
shown. The results of operations for such periods are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year or for any future periods.

On August 1, 2015, Lumentum became an independent publicly-traded company through the distribution by JDS Uniphase (“JDSU”) to its stockholders of
80.1% of our outstanding common stock (the “Separation”). Each JDSU stockholder of record as of the close of business on July 27, 2015 received one share of
Lumentum  common  stock  for  every  five  shares  of  JDSU  common  stock  held  on  the  record  date.  JDSU  was  renamed  Viavi  and  at  the  time  of  the  distribution
retained ownership of 19.9% of Lumentum’s outstanding shares. Lumentum was incorporated in Delaware as a wholly owned subsidiary of Viavi on February 10,
2015 and is comprised of the former communications and commercial optical products (“CCOP”) segment and WaveReady product lines of Viavi. Lumentum’s
Registration Statement on Form 10 was declared effective by the SEC on July 16, 2015. Lumentum’s common stock began trading “regular-way” under the ticker
“LITE” on the NASDAQ stock market on August 4, 2015.

The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  GAAP  in  the  United  States  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Management  bases  its  estimates  on  historical
experience and various other assumptions believed to be reasonable. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and
actions that may impact the Company in the future, actual results may be different from the estimates. Our critical accounting policies are those that affect our
financial  statements  materially  and  involve  difficult,  subjective  or  complex  judgments  by  management.  Those  policies  are  revenue  recognition,  inventory
valuation, allocation methods and allocated expenses from Viavi, valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets, valuation of derivative liabilities, stock-based
compensation, retirement and post-retirement plan assumptions, restructuring, warranty and accounting for income taxes.

See “ Note 3. Related Party Transactions ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements regarding the relationships we had with Viavi.

Fiscal Years

We utilize a 52-53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to June 30th. Our fiscal 2017 ended on July 1, 2017 and was a 52-week year. Our fiscal

2016 ended on July 2, 2016 and was a 53-week year. Our fiscal 2015 ended on June 27, 2015 and was a 52-week year.

Principles of Consolidation

These audited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

56

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All intra-company transactions within our business were eliminated. All material transactions between us and other businesses of Viavi prior to Separation

were reflected as net transfers to and from Viavi as a component of financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Accounting Policies

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We  define  fair  value  as  the  price  that  would  be  received  from  selling  an  asset,  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability,  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market
participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities which are required to be recorded at fair value, we
consider  the  principal  or  most  advantageous  market  in  which  to  transact  and  the  market-based  risk.  We  apply  fair  value  accounting  for  all  financial  assets  and
liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated financial
statements approximate the fair value for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to their short-term nature.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider highly-liquid fixed income securities with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. As of fiscal
year ended July 1, 2017 , cash and cash equivalents consist of certificates of deposit, commercial papers, and money market funds. As of fiscal year ended July 2,
2016 , our cash and cash equivalents did not include any investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Short-term Investments

We classify our investments in debt as available-for-sale and record these investments at fair value. Investments with an original maturity of three months or
less at the date of purchase are considered cash equivalents, while all other investments are classified as short-term based on management’s intent and ability to use
the funds in current operations. Unrealized gains and losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses are determined
based  on  the  specific  identification  method,  and  are  reflected  as  interest  and  other  income  (expense),  net  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations.  We
regularly  review  our  investment  portfolio  to  identify  and  evaluate  investments  that  have  indicators  of  possible  impairment.  Factors  considered  in  determining
whether a loss is other-than-temporary include, but are not limited to: the length of time and extent a security’s fair value has been below its cost, the financial
condition and near-term prospects of the investee, the credit quality of the security’s issuer, likelihood of recovery and our intent and ability to hold the security for
a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in value. For our debt instruments, we also evaluate whether we have the intent to sell the security
or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis.

Impairment of Marketable and Non-Marketable Securities

We periodically review our marketable and non-marketable securities for impairment. If we conclude that any of these investments are impaired, we

determine whether such impairment is other-than-temporary. We consider factors such as the duration, severity and the reason for the decline in value, the potential
recovery period and whether we intend to sell. For marketable debt securities, we also consider whether (i) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell
the debt securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis, and (ii) the amortized cost basis cannot be recovered as a result of credit losses. If any impairment
is considered other-than-temporary, we will write-down the security to its fair value.

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Common Share

Basic  income  (loss)  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  (loss)  available  to  common  shareholders  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common
shares outstanding during the reporting period. The weighted average number of shares is calculated by taking the number of shares outstanding and weighting
them by the amount of time that they were outstanding.  Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options, preferred stock,
and other commitments to issue common stock were exercised or equity awards vest resulting in the issuance of common stock that could share in the earnings of
the Company.

Diluted  loss  per  share  is  the  same  as  basic  loss  per  share  during  periods  where  net  losses  are  incurred  since  the  inclusion  of  the  potential  common  stock

equivalents would be anti-dilutive as a result of the net loss.

57

Table of Contents

Inventory Valuation

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Inventory is valued at standard cost, which approximates actual cost computed on a first-in, first-out basis, not in excess of net realizable value. We assess the
value of our inventory on a quarterly basis and write down those inventories which are obsolete or in excess of our forecasted usage to their estimated realizable
value. Our estimates of realizable  value are based upon our analysis and assumptions including, but not limited to, forecasted sales levels by product, expected
product  lifecycle,  product  development  plans  and  future  demand  requirements.  Our  product  line  management  personnel  play  a  key  role  in  our  excess  review
process  by  providing  updated  sales  forecasts,  managing  product  transitions  and  working  with  manufacturing  to  minimize  excess  inventory.  If  actual  market
conditions are less favorable than our forecasts or actual demand from our customers is lower than our estimates, we may be required to record additional inventory
write-downs. If actual market conditions are more favorable than anticipated, inventory previously written down may be sold, resulting in lower cost of sales and
higher income from operations than expected in that period.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method generally over the following estimated useful lives of

the assets: 10 to 50 years for building and improvements, 3 to 5 years for machinery and equipment, and 2 to 5 years  for furniture, fixtures, software and office
equipment.  Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  shorter  of  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets  or  the  term  of  the
lease.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. We
test for impairment of goodwill on an annual basis in the fourth quarter and at any other time when events occur or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
of goodwill may not be recoverable. Refer to “Note 13. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

An entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test.
If an entity determines that as a result of the qualitative assessment that it is more likely than not (i.e., greater than 50% likelihood) that the fair value of a reporting
unit is less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required. The two-step quantitative goodwill impairment
test requires us to estimate the fair value of our reporting units. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of that reporting unit is
potentially impaired and we proceed to step two of the impairment analysis. In step two of the analysis, we measure and record an impairment loss equal to the
excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value, if any.

Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgments, including: identification of the reporting units, assigning assets and liabilities to reporting
units, assigning goodwill to reporting units, a qualitative assessment to determine whether there are any impairment indicators, and determining the fair value of
each reporting unit. We estimate the fair value of a reporting unit using the market approach, which estimates the fair value based on comparable market prices.
Significant estimates in the market approach include: identifying similar companies with comparable business factors such as size, growth, profitability, risk and
return on investment, and assessing comparable revenue and operating income multiples in estimating the fair value of the reporting unit.

We base our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions about the future that we believe are reasonable based on available information.
Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that affect the accuracy of our assumptions, estimates and judgments. For example, if the price of our common
stock were to significantly decrease combined with other adverse changes in market conditions, thus indicating that the underlying fair value of our reporting units
may have decreased, we might be required to reassess the value of our goodwill in the period such circumstances were identified.

Intangible Assets

Intangible  assets  consist  primarily  of  intangible  assets  purchased  through  acquisitions.  Purchased  intangible  assets  primarily  include  acquired  developed
technologies (developed and core technology). Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic useful lives of the assets,
which is the period during which expected cash flows support the fair value of such intangible assets.

58

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Long-lived Asset Valuation (Property, Plant and Equipment and Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization)

We test long-lived assets for recoverability, at the asset group level, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be
recoverable. Circumstances which could trigger a review include, but are not limited to: significant decreases in the market price of the asset, significant adverse
changes in the business climate or legal factors, accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction
of the asset, current period cash flow or operating losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of the asset, or
current expectation that the asset will more likely than not be sold or disposed significantly before the end of its estimated useful life.

Recoverability is assessed based on the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result

from the use and the eventual disposal of the asset. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds fair value.

Pension Benefits

The funded status of our retirement-related benefit plan is measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation at fiscal
year  end,  the  measurement  date.  The  funded  status  of  an  underfunded  benefit  plan,  of  which  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  is  less  than  the  benefit  obligation,  is
recognized  as  a  non-current  net  pension  liability  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  unless  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  is  not  sufficient  to  cover  the  expected
payments to be made over the next year (or operating cycle, if longer) from the measurement date. For defined benefit pension plans, the benefit obligation is the
projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) which represents the actuarial present value of benefits expected to be paid upon retirement.

Net periodic pension cost (income) (“NPPC”) is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and includes service cost, interest cost, expected return
on plan assets, amortization of prior service cost and (gains) losses previously recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Service
cost represents the actuarial present value of participant benefits attributed to services rendered by employees in the current year. Interest cost represents the time
value of money cost associated with the passage of time. (Gains) losses arise as a result of differences between actual experience and assumptions or as a result of
changes in actuarial assumptions. Prior service cost (credit) represents the cost of benefit improvements attributable to prior service granted in plan amendments.
(Gains) losses and prior service cost (credit) that arise during the current year are first recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in
the  consolidated  balances  sheets,  net  of  tax.  Prior  service  cost  is  amortized  as  a  component  of  NPPC  over  the  average  remaining  service  period  of  active  plan
participants  starting  at  the  date  the  plan  amendment  is  adopted.  Deferred  actuarial  (gains)  losses  are  subsequently  recognized  as  a  component  of  NPPC if  they
exceed  the  greater  of  ten  percent  of  PBO  or  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets,  with  the  excess  amortized  over  the  average  remaining  service  period  of  active  plan
participants.

The  measurement  of  the  benefit  obligation  and  NPPC  is  based  on  our  estimates  and  actuarial  valuations,  provided  by  third-party  actuaries,  which  are
approved by management. These valuations reflect the terms of the plans and use participant-specific information such as compensation, age and years of service,
as  well  as  certain  assumptions,  including  estimates  of  discount  rates,  expected  return  on  plan  assets,  rate  of  compensation  increases,  and  mortality  rates.  We
evaluate  these  assumptions  annually  at  a  minimum.  In  estimating  the  expected  return  on  plan  assets,  we  consider  historical  returns  on  plan  assets,  adjusted  for
forward-looking considerations, inflation assumptions and the impact of the active management of the plan’s invested assets.

Concentration of Credit and Other Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject our business to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables.
We  perform  credit  evaluations  of  our  customers’  financial  condition  and  generally  do  not  require  collateral  from  our  customers.  These  evaluations  require
significant judgment and are based on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, current economic trends, payment history, bad debt write-off experience,
and financial review of the customer.

Although the Company deposits its cash with financial institutions that management believes are of high credit quality, its deposits, at times, may exceed
federally insured limits. The Company’s investment portfolio consists of investment grade securities diversified amongst security types, industries, and issuers. The
Company’s investment policy limits the amount of credit exposure in the investment portfolio to a maximum of 5% to any one issuer, except for Treasury and
Government Agencies securities, and the Company believes no significant concentration risk exists with respect to these investments.

We  maintain  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  resulting  from  the  inability  of  our  customers  to  make  required  payments.  When  we
become  aware  that  a  specific  customer  is  unable  to  meet  their  financial  obligations,  we  record  a  specific  allowance  to  reflect  the  level  of  credit  risk  in  the
customer’s outstanding receivable balance. In addition, we record

59

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

additional allowances based on certain percentages of aged receivable balances. These percentages take into account a variety of factors including, but not limited
to, current economic trends, payment history and bad debt write-off experience. We classify bad debt expenses as selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”)
expense.

We  have  significant  trade  receivables  concentrated  in  the  telecommunications  industry.  While  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  balance  is  based  on
historical loss experience along with anticipated economic trends, unanticipated financial instability in the telecommunications industry could lead to higher than
anticipated losses.

During  fiscal  2017  ,  2016  and  2015  ,  several  customers  generated  more  than  10%  of  total  net  revenue.  Refer  to  “  Note  19.  Operating  Segments  and

Geographic Information ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, one unique customer represented greater than 10% of total accounts receivable, net for each period.

We  rely  on  a  limited  number  of  suppliers  for  a  number  of  key  components  contained  in  our  products.  We  also  rely  on  a  limited  number  of  significant

independent contract manufacturers for the production of certain key components and subassemblies contained in our products.

We generally use a rolling twelve month forecast based on anticipated product orders, customer forecasts, product order history and backlog to determine our
materials requirements. Lead times for the parts and components that we order vary significantly and depend on factors such as the specific supplier, contract terms
and demand for a component at a given time. If the forecast does not meet or if it exceeds actual demand, we may have excess or shortfalls of some materials and
components, as well as excess inventory purchase commitments. We could experience reduced or delayed product shipments or incur additional inventory write-
downs and cancellation charges or penalties, which would increase costs and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries that operate in a local currency environment, where that local currency is the functional currency, are translated
into  U.S.  dollars  at  exchange  rates  in  effect  at  the  balance  sheet  date,  with  the  resulting  translation  adjustments  directly  recorded  to  a  separate  component  of
accumulated other comprehensive income, within the consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock, stockholders equity, and invested equity.
Income and expense accounts are translated at the average exchange rates during the year. Gains and losses from re-measurement of monetary assets and liabilities
denominated in currencies other than the respective functional currencies are included in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of interest and
other income (expense), net. Net gains or (losses) resulting from foreign currency transactions, including hedging gains and losses that were previously allocated to
us by Viavi, are reported in interest and other income (expense), net and was $0.6 million , $(0.9) million and $(0.3) million during fiscal 2017 , 2016 and 2015 ,
respectively.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when all four revenue recognition criteria have been met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the product has been
delivered or the service has been rendered, (iii) the price is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured. Revenue from product sales is recorded
when all of the foregoing conditions are met and risk of loss and title passes to the customer. Our products typically include a warranty and the estimated cost of
product  warranty  claims,  based  on  historical  experience,  is  recorded  at  the  time  the  sale  is  recognized.  Sales  to  customers  are  generally  not  subject  to  price
protection or return rights. The majority of our sales are made to OEMs, distributors, resellers and end-users.

60

Table of Contents

Stock-based Compensation

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Compensation expense related to stock-based transactions, including employee and director restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is measured and recognized in the
financial statements based on fair value at the grant date. The fair value of time-based RSUs is based on the closing market price of our common stock on the grant
date  of  the  award.  The  stock-based  compensation  expense  is  recognized,  net  of  forfeitures  using  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite  service  periods  of  the
awards, which is generally three to four years.

We estimate the expected forfeiture rate and recognize only expense for those shares expected to vest. When estimating forfeitures, we consider historical
forfeiture experiences as well as our expectation about future terminations and workforce reduction programs. The estimated forfeiture rate is trued up to the actual
forfeiture rate as the equity awards vest. The total fair value of the equity awards, net of forfeitures, is recorded on a straight-line basis over the requisite service
periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period, except for performance stock units which are amortized on a graded vesting method.

We estimate the fair value of the rights to acquire stock under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula.
Our ESPP provides for consecutive six-month offering periods. We recognize such compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
We calculate the volatility factor based on our historical stock prices.

We account for the fair value of RSUs using the closing market price of our common stock on the date of grant. For new-hire grants, RSUs generally vest
ratably on an annual basis over four years. For annual refresh grants, RSUs generally vest ratably on an annual, or combination of annual and quarterly, basis over
three years.

We  account  for  the  fair  value  of  performance  stock  units  (“PSUs”)  using  the  closing  market  price  of  our  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  We  begin
recognizing compensation expense when we conclude that it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. We reassess the probability of vesting at
each reporting period and adjust our compensation cost based on this probability assessment.

Income Taxes

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on accounting for income taxes, we recognize income taxes using an asset and liability approach. This approach
requires the recognition of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have
been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. The measurement of current and deferred taxes is based on provisions of the enacted tax
law, and the effects of future changes in tax laws or rates are not anticipated.

The authoritative guidance provides for recognition of deferred tax assets if the realization of such deferred tax assets is more likely than not to occur based
on an evaluation of both positive and negative evidence and the relative weight of the evidence. With the exception of certain international jurisdictions, we have
determined that at this time it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future. This determination is primarily due to our history
of losses which impacts our ability to benefit from our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have established a valuation allowance for such deferred tax assets. If
there is a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets for which a valuation allowance has been established, then our tax provision may decrease in the
period in which we determine that realization is more likely than not.

We are subject to income tax audits by the respective tax authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate. The determination of our income tax liabilities
in each of these jurisdictions requires the interpretation and application of complex, and sometimes uncertain, tax laws and regulations. The authoritative guidance
on accounting  for income taxes  prescribes  both recognition  and measurement  criteria  that must be met for the benefit  of a tax position  to be recognized  in the
financial statements. If a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return does not meet such recognition or measurement criteria, an unrecognized tax
benefit liability is recorded. If we ultimately determine that an unrecognized tax benefit liability is no longer necessary, we reverse the liability and recognize a tax
benefit in the period in which it is determined that the unrecognized tax benefit liability is no longer necessary.

The recognition and measurement of current taxes payable or refundable and deferred tax assets and liabilities requires that we make certain estimates and

judgments. Changes to these estimates or a change in judgment may have a material impact on our tax provision in a future period.

61

Table of Contents

Restructuring Accrual

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Costs associated  with restructuring  activities  are recognized when they are incurred. However, in the case of leases, the expense is estimated  and accrued
when  the  property  is  vacated.  Given  the  significance  of,  and  the  timing  of  the  execution  of  such  activities,  this  process  is  complex  and  involves  periodic
reassessments of estimates made from the time the property was vacated, including evaluating real estate market conditions for expected vacancy periods and sub-
lease income. We recognize a liability for post-employment benefits for workforce reductions related to restructuring activities when payment is probable and the
amount  is  reasonably  estimable.  We  continually  evaluate  the  adequacy  of  the  remaining  liabilities  under  our  restructuring  initiatives.  Although  we  believe  that
these estimates accurately reflect the costs of our restructuring plans, actual results may differ, thereby requiring us to record additional provisions or reverse a
portion of such provisions. Refer to “ Note 14. Restructuring and Related Charges ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Derivative Liabilities

The  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  issued  by  our  subsidiary  Lumentum  Inc.  is  redeemable  at  the  option  of  the  holder  after  five  years  and  classified  as  non-
controlling interest redeemable convertible preferred stock in our consolidated balance sheet and is measured at its redemption value. The Series A Preferred Stock
conversion feature is bifurcated from the Series A Preferred Stock and accounted for separately as a derivative liability. In March 2017, we issued $450.0 million
 in aggregate principal amount of 0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due in March 2024 (the “2024 Notes”), unless earlier repurchased by us or converted pursuant to
their terms. We separated the derivative liability from the host debt instrument based on the fair value of the derivative liability.

On a quarterly basis, the derivative liabilities are marked to market based on the fair value of the conversion features, with the resulting income or loss
recorded as unrealized loss on derivative liabilities on our consolidated statements of operations. The determination of fair value includes various inputs, including
volatility and interest rate assumptions. However, the change in the fair value of our common stock has the largest impact to the fair value of the derivatives.
Unrealized loss on derivative liabilities amounted to $104.2 million and $0.6 million for the fiscal year ended July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, respectively.

Business Combinations

We allocate the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated

fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. When
determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to
intangible assets. Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows from customer relationships and
acquired developed technology and discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are
inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ materially from estimates. Other estimates associated with the accounting for
acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Warranty

We provide reserves for the estimated costs of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. We estimate the costs of our warranty obligations based
on our historical experience of known product failure rates, use of materials to repair or replace defective products and service delivery costs incurred in correcting
product failures. In addition, from time to time, specific warranty accruals may be made if unforeseen technical problems arise.

Shipping and Handling Costs

We record shipping and handling costs related to revenue transactions within cost of sales as a period cost for all periods presented.

Research and Development (“R&D”) Expense

Costs  related  to  R&D,  which  primarily  consists  of  labor  and  benefits,  supplies,  facilities,  consulting  and  outside  service  fees,  are  charged  to  expense  as

incurred.

Loss Contingencies

We are subject to the possibility of various loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. We consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of
an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss in determining loss contingencies. An estimated loss is
accrued when it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a

62

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

liability  has  been  incurred  and  the  amount  of  loss  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  We  regularly  evaluate  current  information  available  to  determine  whether  such
accruals should be adjusted and whether new accruals are required.

Asset Retirement Obligations (“ARO”)

Our ARO are legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets pertaining to leasehold improvements. These liabilities are initially recorded
at fair value and the related asset retirement costs are capitalized by increasing the carrying amount of the related assets by the same amount as the liability. Asset
retirement costs are subsequently depreciated over the useful lives of the related assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, we record period-to-period changes in the
ARO  liability  resulting  from  the  passage  of  time  and  revisions  to  either  the  timing  or  the  amount  of  the  original  estimate  of  undiscounted  cash  flows.  We
derecognize ARO liabilities when the related obligations are settled.

Note 2. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Accounting for Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Asset Transfers of Assets other than Inventory . The new guidance
removes the prohibition in ASC 740 against the immediate recognition of the current and deferred income tax effects of intra-entity transfers of assets other than
inventory. The new guidance will be effective for us in our first quarter of fiscal 2019. We do not believe that the adoption of this standard will have a material
impact to our financial statements.

In  August  2016,  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-15,    Statement  of  Cash  Flows  (Topic  230):  Classification  of  Certain  Cash  Receipts  and  Cash  Payments  , which
clarifies how companies present and classify certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for us in our first
quarter  of  fiscal  2019  and  earlier  adoption  is  permitted.  We  are  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  our  pending  adoption  of  ASU  2016-15  on  our  consolidated
financial statements.

In March 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Stock Compensation ASU 718 - Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . This guidance
simplifies various aspects related to how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements. This guidance is effective for fiscal
years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company will adopt this standard in in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018
by recording the cumulative impact of applying this guidance to retained earnings, which we estimate will increase by approximately $2.5 million .

In  February  2016,  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-02,    Leases. The  new  guidance  generally  requires  an  entity  to  recognize  on  its  balance  sheet  operating  and
financing lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets. The standard is effective for us in our first quarter of fiscal 2020 and early adoption is permitted.
The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Subtopic 825-10) . The new
standard provides guidance for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. This guidance is effective for annual and
interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU
2016-01 on its consolidated financial statements.

In  May  2014,  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  ,  which  amended  the  existing  accounting  standards  for  revenue
recognition. ASU 2014-09 establishes principles for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects
the consideration expected to be received in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard requires that reporting companies disclose the nature, amount,
timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. On July 9, 2015, FASB agreed to delay the effective date by one year and,
accordingly, the new standard is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. Early adoption is permitted, but not before the original
effective  date  of  the  standard.  The  new  standard  is  required  to  be  applied  retrospectively  to  each  prior  reporting  period  presented  or  retrospectively  with  the
cumulative  effect  of  initially  applying  it  recognized  at  the  date  of  initial  application.  The  standard  is  effective  for  us  for  our  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2019.  The
Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 3. Related Party Transactions

Transactions with Viavi

During the fiscal year ended July 1, 2017 , the Company recognized revenue of $3.6 million from products sold to Viavi. During the fiscal year ended July 1,

2017 , the Company recorded $0.5 million in research and development cost reimbursement

63

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

and $0.7 million in sublease rental income. As of July 1, 2017 , the Company had $0.1 million in trade accounts receivable due from Viavi and $0.5 million in
other receivables from Viavi. As of July 1, 2017, the Company had $0.2 million in trade payables due to Viavi.

During the fiscal year ended July 1, 2017, the Company recorded $0.6 million in other income, which resulted from a tax indemnification agreement between

Lumentum and Viavi.  As a result, the Company had $0.6 million in other non-current assets due  from Viavi as of July 1, 2017.

During the fiscal year ended July 2, 2016, the Company recognized revenue of $3.3 million from products sold to Viavi. During the fiscal year ended July 2,
2016, the Company recorded $2.3 million in research and development cost reimbursement and $0.7 million in sublease rental income. As of July 2, 2016, the
Company had $1.1 million in accounts receivable due from Viavi.

On July 31, 2015, the Company also entered into the following agreements with Viavi:

a) Contribution Agreement which identified the assets transferred, the liabilities assumed and the contracts assigned and it provided for when and how these

transfers, assumptions and assignments would occur.

b) Separation and Distribution Agreement which governs the Separation of the Lumentum business and other matters related to Lumentum’s relationship

with Viavi.

c) Tax Matters Agreement which governs the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of Lumentum and Viavi with respect to tax liabilities and

benefits, attributes, proceedings, returns and certain other tax matters.

d) Employee Matters  Agreement  which governs the  compensation  and employee  benefit  obligations  with respect  to the current  and former  employees  of
Lumentum  and  Viavi,  the  treatment  of  equity  based  compensation  and  generally  allocates  liabilities  and  responsibilities  relating  to  employee
compensation,  benefit  plans  and  programs.  The  Employee  Matters  Agreement  provides  that  employees  of  Lumentum  will  participate  in  benefit  plans
sponsored or maintained by Lumentum.

e) Securities Purchase Agreement, which also includes Amada Holdings Co., Ltd. (“Amada”), a customer of the Company, as a party, which sets forth the
terms  for  the  sale  by  Viavi  to  Amada  of  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  (the  “Series  A  Preferred  Stock”)  of  Lumentum  Inc.,  our  wholly-owned
subsidiary, following the Separation.

f)

Intellectual Property Matters Agreement which outlines the intellectual property rights of Lumentum and Viavi following the Separation, as well as non-
compete restrictions between Viavi and Lumentum.

Allocated Costs

From June 28, 2015 to August 1, 2015, the Separation date, the consolidated statements of operations included our direct expenses for cost of sales, research
and development, sales and marketing, and administration as well as allocations of expenses arising from shared services and infrastructure provided by Viavi to
us. These allocated expenses include costs of information technology, human resources, accounting, legal, real estate and facilities, corporate marketing, insurance,
treasury  and  other  corporate  and  infrastructure  services.  In  addition,  other  costs  allocated  to  us  include  restructuring  and  stock-based  compensation  related  to
Viavi’s corporate and shared services employees and are included in the table below. These expenses were allocated to us using estimates that we consider to be a
reasonable reflection of the utilization of services or benefits received by our business. The allocation methods include revenue, headcount, square footage, actual
consumption and usage of services and others.

64

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

There were no allocations of expenses from Viavi for the fiscal year ended July 1, 2017 . During the fiscal years ended July 2, 2016 and June 27, 2015,

allocated costs from Viavi included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations were as follows (in millions):

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Restructuring and related charges

Interest and other (income) expenses, net

Interest expense

Total allocated costs

65

Years Ended

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

$

$

—   $

11.7  

—  

(0.1)  

0.1  

11.7   $

0.4

82.5

3.9

0.4

0.7

87.9

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Note 4. Earnings Per Share

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders per share ( in millions, except per

share data ):

Numerator:

 Net income (loss)

   Less: Cumulative dividends on Series A Preferred Stock

   Less: Accretion of Series A Preferred Stock

   Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

Denominator:

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

Basic

Effect of dilutive securities from stock-based benefit plans

  Diluted

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

 Basic

 Diluted

Years Ended

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

$

$

$

$

(102.5)   $

(0.9)  

—  

9.3   $

(0.8)  

(11.7)  

(103.4)   $

(3.2)   $

60.6  

—  

60.6  

59.1  

—  

59.1  

(1.71)   $

(1.71)   $

(0.05)   $

(0.05)   $

(3.4)

—

—

(3.4)

58.8

—

58.8

(0.06)

(0.06)

On August 1, 2015, JDSU distributed 47.1 million shares, or 80.1% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock to existing holders of JDSU
common  stock.  The  weighted  average  number  of  common  stock  outstanding  is  calculated  as  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  immediately
following the Separation, and the weighted average number of shares outstanding following the Separation through July 1, 2017. Diluted earnings (loss) per share
is calculated by dividing net income for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and potentially dilutive common stock outstanding
for  the  period  beginning  after  the  Separation.  Basic  and  diluted  net  income  (loss)  per  share  for  the  twelve  months  ended  June  27,  2015  is  calculated  using  the
shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding on August 1, 2015, as if such shares were outstanding for the entire period.

The dilutive effect of stock-based awards is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method, which includes consideration
of  unamortized  share-based  compensation  expense,  the  tax  benefits  or  shortfalls  recorded  to  additional  paid-in  capital  and  the  dilutive  effect  of  in-the-money
options and non-vested restricted stock units. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options and unamortized
share-based compensation expense and tax benefits or shortfalls collectively are assumed proceeds to be used to repurchase hypothetical shares. An increase in the
fair value of the Company’s common stock can result in a greater dilutive effect from potentially dilutive awards.

The dilutive effect of the redeemable convertible preferred stock is reflected in diluted earnings per share by the application of the if-converted method. The
number of shares is increased for the assumed conversion of the instrument. Additionally, cumulative dividends and accretion from measuring the instrument at its
redemption value are added back to net income (loss).

The Company has the ability and intent to settle the $450 million face value of the 2024 Notes in cash. Therefore, the Company will use the treasury stock
method  for  calculating  the  dilutive  impact  of  the  2024  Notes.  The  2024  Notes  will  have  no  impact  to  diluted  earnings  per  share  until  the  average  price  of  our
common stock exceeds the conversion price. Refer to “ Note 11. Convertible Senior Notes ” for further discussion.

For the year ended July 1, 2017, 7.4 million shares related to the potential conversion of the 2024 Notes were excluded from the calculation of diluted shares
because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. For the year ended July 1, 2017, the number of shares related to our 2015 Plan that were excluded from the
calculation of diluted shares was not material.

For the year ended July 2, 2016, 1.2 million weighted average shares related to our 2015 Plan were excluded from the calculation of diluted shares because

their inclusion would have been antidilutive.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 5. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Our  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  primarily  consists  of  the  accumulated  net  unrealized  gains  or  losses  on  foreign  currency  translation

adjustments and defined benefit obligation. We did not incur significant unrealized gains or losses on our short-term investments in the fiscal 2017.

At July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016 , balances for the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows ( in millions ):

Beginning balance as of July 2, 2016

Other comprehensive loss

Ending balance as of July 1, 2017

Foreign currency translation
adjustments

Defined benefit obligation, net
of tax  (1)

Total

$

$

11.7

  $

(1.2)

10.5

  $

(2.3)

  $

(0.8)

(3.1)

  $

9.4

(2.0)

7.4

(1)  Refer  to “ Note  17.  Employee  Benefit  Plans  ”  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  on  the  computation  of  net  periodic  cost  for  pension

plans. 

Note 6. Mergers and Acquisitions

In February 2017, we completed the acquisition of a privately held company to enhance our manufacturing and vertical integration capabilities. We acquired
all of the outstanding shares of the company. In connection with the acquisition, we paid upfront cash consideration of $5.1 million , incurred liabilities of $2.7
million contingent upon the achievement of certain production targets being achieved within 36 months following the acquisition date, and retained $0.9 million of
the  purchase  price  as  security  for  the  seller’s  indemnification  obligations  under  the  purchase  agreement.  This  resulted  in  total  purchase  consideration  of  $8.7
million .

The Company estimated the acquisition date fair value of the contingent consideration as the present value of the expected contingent payments, determined
using  a  probabilistic  approach.  The  Company  is  required  to  reassess  the  fair  value  of  contingent  payments  on  a  periodic  basis.  The  Company  estimated  the
likelihood of meeting the production targets at 90% and recorded the fair value of such contingent consideration in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance
sheet as of July 1, 2017. This contingent consideration will result in a cash payment of $3.0 million , if and when the production targets are achieved.

We recorded the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values, with the difference between the fair value of the net assets acquired and

the purchase consideration reflected in goodwill. The following table reflects the preliminary fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed ( in millions ):

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable, net

Inventories

Prepayments and other current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Developed technology

Goodwill

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses and payroll

Deferred revenue

Deferred tax liability

Total value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed

$

$

—

0.1

1.9

0.2

0.8

2.4

5.6

(0.4)

(0.2)

(1.1)

(0.6)

8.7

As of the acquisition date, developed technology of the acquired business had an estimated useful life of  six years. The goodwill is primarily attributed to the
synergies expected to be realized following the acquisition and the assembled workforce. Goodwill has been assigned to the Optical Communications segment and
is not deductible for tax purposes.

67

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Results of operations of the business acquired have been included in our consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. Pro forma
statements have not been presented because they are not material to our consolidated results of operations. The revenue and net income earned by the business
acquired following the acquisition are not material to our consolidated results of operations.

Note 7. Balance Sheet Details

Accounts receivable allowances

As of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, our accounts receivable allowance balance was $ 1.8 million and $0.9 million , respectively.

Inventories

The components of inventories were as follows ( in millions ):

Finished goods

Work in process

Raw materials and purchased parts

Inventories

Prepayments and other current assets

The components of prepayments and other current assets were as follows ( in millions ):

Capitalized manufacturing overhead

Prepayments

Advances to contract manufacturers

Due from Viavi, net

Other current assets

Prepayments and other current assets

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

71.7   $

49.4  

24.1  

145.2   $

46.1

25.5

29.0

100.6

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

30.1   $

12.3  

10.5  

0.5  

10.1  

63.5   $

27.3

6.4

10.3

2.0

15.3

61.3

$

$

$

$

Amount due from Viavi, net represents certain obligations to be reimbursed from Viavi pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement and

Contribution Agreement.

Property , plant and equipment, net

The components of property, plant and equipment, net were as follows ( in millions ):

Land

Buildings and improvement

Machinery and equipment

Furniture and fixtures and software

Leasehold improvements

Construction in progress

Less: Accumulated depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, net

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

$

10.6   $

37.3  

461.1  

35.8  

30.5  

84.6  

659.9  

(386.4)  

$

273.5   $

5.9

28.9

378.5

32.2

28.6

44.1

518.2

(334.8)

183.4

 
 
 
 
68

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In  March  2017,  we  completed  the  purchase  of  a  property  in  Thailand  for  approximately  $9.9  million  in  cash.  This  property  will  provide  additional

manufacturing capacity for future growth. The building was valued at $5.5 million and the land was valued at $4.4 million .

During fiscal 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , we recorded depreciation expense of $54.2 million , $47.4 million and $43.0 million , respectively. Our construction in
progress includes primarily machinery and equipment that was purchased to increase our manufacturing capacity. We expect to place these assets in service in the
next 12 months.

Other current liabilities

The components of other current liabilities were as follows (in millions) :

Warranty accrual (1)
Restructuring accrual and related charges (2)

Deferred revenue

Others

Other current liabilities

(1) Refer to “ Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2) Refer to “ Note 14. Restructuring and Related Charges ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other non-current liabilities

The components of other non-current liabilities were as follows ( in millions ):

Asset retirement obligation

Pension and related accrual

Deferred rent
Restructuring accrual and related charges (2)

Unrecognized tax benefit

Other non-current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

(2) Refer to “ Note 14. Restructuring and Related Charges ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Note 8. Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Short-term Investments

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents by category ( in millions ):

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash

Certificates of deposit

Commercial paper

Money market funds

Total cash and cash equivalents

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

9.7   $

3.8  

6.9  

1.5  

21.9   $

2.8

5.5

2.7

1.1

12.1

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

2.5   $

3.9  

3.3  

—  

10.5  

4.8  

25.0   $

2.3

3.5

1.6

0.2

0.1

1.4

9.1

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

201.3   $

157.1

52.1  

14.7  

4.8  

—

—

—

272.9   $

157.1

$

$

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
   
The following table summarizes our short-term investments by category ( in millions ):

69

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Certificates of deposit

Asset-backed securities

Corporate debt securities

Municipal bonds

Foreign government bonds

U.S. Treasury

Total short-term investments

Amortized
Cost

As of July 1, 2017

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

$

202.1   $

—   $

—   $

26.1  

46.4  

4.9  

1.0  

1.9  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

Fair Value

202.1

26.1

46.4

4.9

1.0

1.9

$

282.4   $

—   $

—   $

282.4

For fiscal 2017, we did not incur significant unrealized gains or losses on our short-term investments.

We use the specific-identification method to determine any realized gains or losses from the sale of our short-term investments classified as available-for-

sale. For fiscal 2017, we did not realize significant gross gains or losses from the sale of our short-term investments classified as available-for-sale.

The following table classifies our investments in debt securities by contractual maturities ( in millions ):  

Due in 1 year

Due in 1 year through 5 years

Due in 5 years through 10 years

Due after 10 years

As of July 1, 2017

231.6

48.4

1.8

0.6

282.4

$

$

All available-for-sale securities have been classified as current, based on management’s intent and ability to use the funds in current operations.

Note 9. Fair Value Measurements

We  determine  fair  value  based  on  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  which  requires  an  entity  to  maximize  the  use  of  observable  inputs  and  minimize  the  use  of
unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the
principal  or  most  advantageous  market  for  the  asset  or  liability  and  establishes  that  the  fair  value  of  an  asset  or  liability  shall  be  determined  based  on  the
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The classification of a financial asset or liability within the hierarchy is based upon
the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels that may be used to measure
fair value:  

Level 1:

Level 2:

Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the
asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the
financial instrument.

Level 3:

Inputs are unobservable inputs based on our assumptions.

The fair value of the Company’s Level 1 financial instruments, such as money market funds, which are traded in active markets, is based on quoted market

prices for identical instruments. The fair value of the Company’s Level 2 fixed income securities is obtained from an independent pricing service, which may use
quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments or model driven valuations using observable market data or inputs corroborated by observable market
data. Our

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

marketable securities are held by custodians who obtain investment prices from a third-party pricing provider that incorporates standard inputs in various asset
price models. The Company’s procedures include controls to ensure that appropriate fair values are recorded, including comparing the fair values obtained from the
Company’s pricing service against fair values obtained from another independent source.

We estimate the fair value of the embedded derivative for the Series A Preferred Stock using the binomial lattice model. The lattice model requires the various

assumptions to be made to determine the fair value of the embedded derivatives. These assumptions represent Level 3 inputs. Refer to “ Note 12. Derivative
Liabilities ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

We estimated the acquisition date fair value of our Level 3 contingent consideration as the present value of the expected contingent payments, determined

using a probabilistic approach. We are required to reassess the fair value of contingent payments on a periodic basis. We estimated the likelihood of meeting the
production targets at  90 percent  and recorded the fair value of such contingent consideration in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as of July 1,
2017. This contingent consideration will result in a cash payment of  $3.0 million , if and when the production targets are achieved. Refer to “ Note 6. Mergers and
Acquisitions ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our pension assets consist of multiple institutional funds (“pension funds”) of which the fair values are based on the quoted prices of the underlying funds.
Pension funds are classified as Level 2 assets since such funds are not directly traded in active markets. Refer to “ Note 17. Employee Benefit Plans ” in the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below ( in millions ):  

Cash equivalents:

Certificates of deposit

Commercial paper

Money market funds

Marketable securities:

Certificates of deposit

Asset-backed securities

Corporate debt securities

Municipal bonds

Foreign government bonds

U.S. Treasury

Total cash equivalents and marketable securities

Other accrued liabilities:

Derivative liability

Acquisition contingencies

Pension and post-retirement benefit accrual

Total other accrued liabilities

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

As of July 1, 2017

$

$

$

$

—   $

—  

4.8  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

1.9  

6.7   $

—   $

—  

—  

—   $

52.1   $

14.7  

—  

202.1  

26.1  

46.4  

4.9  

1.0  

—  

—   $

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

52.1

14.7

4.8

202.1

26.1

46.4

4.9

1.0

1.9

347.3   $

—   $

354.0

—   $

51.6   $

—  

3.9  

3.9   $

2.7  

—  

54.3   $

51.6

2.7

3.9

58.2

We periodically review our intangible and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on the lowest level of identifiable estimated undiscounted cash flows
resulting from use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If not recoverable, an impairment loss would be calculated based on the excess of the carrying amount
over the fair value.

Management utilizes various valuation methods, including an income approach, a market approach and a cost approach, to estimate the fair value of intangible

and other long-lived assets. The inputs used are classified as Level 3 within the fair value

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

hierarchy due to the significance of unobservable inputs using company-specific information. During the annual impairment testing performed in fiscal 2017, all
our intangible and other long-lived assets passed Step 1. No impairment charges were recorded in fiscal 2017 or 2016. Refer to “ Note 13. Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets ”.

Additionally, we have a restructuring liability related to certain real estate facilities which was calculated based on the present value of future lease payments,
less estimated sublease income, discounted at a rate commensurate with our current cost of financing. This non-recurring fair value measurement is considered to
be a Level 3 measurement due to the use of significant unobservable inputs. To the extent that actual sublease income or the timing of subleasing these facilities is
different than initial estimates, we will adjust the restructuring liability in the period during which such information becomes known. Refer to “ Note 14.
Restructuring and Related Charges ”.

Note 10. Non-Controlling Interest Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On  July  31,  2015,  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Lumentum  Inc.,  issued  40,000 shares  of  its  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  to  Viavi.  Pursuant  to  a  securities
purchase  agreement  between  the  Company,  Viavi  and  Amada,  35,805 shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  were  sold  by  Viavi  to  Amada  in  August  2015.  The
remaining 4,195 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock were canceled. The Series A Preferred Stock is referred to as our Non-Controlling Interest Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock within these consolidated financial statements.  

The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of Amada after five years and classified as non-controlling interest redeemable convertible preferred
stock in our consolidated balance sheet. The Series A Preferred Stock is measured at its redemption value.  We recognized a $9.7 million increase in the value of
the Series A Preferred Stock during the fiscal year ended July 2, 2016 to accrete to the redemption value of $35.8 million with a reduction to additional paid-in
capital. The Series A Preferred Stock value of $35.8 million as of July 1, 2017 has not changed from prior year.

The Series A Preferred Stock conversion feature is bifurcated from the Series A Preferred Stock and accounted for separately as a derivative liability.  The

derivative liability is measured at fair value each reporting period with the change in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

The following paragraphs describe the terms and conditions of the Series A Preferred Stock:

Conversion

The Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of our common stock commencing on the second anniversary of the closing
of the securities purchase (absent a change of control of us or similar event) using a conversion price of $24.63 , which is equal to 125% of the volume weighted
average price per share of our common stock in the five “regular-way” trading days following the Separation.

Liquidation

Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our business, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to
receive, in preference to holders of common stock or any other class or series of our outstanding capital stock ranking in any such event junior to the Series A
Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Issuance Value of $1,000 per share for Series A Preferred Stock plus all accrued and unpaid
dividends thereon (whether or not authorized or declared) through the date of payment and (ii) the amount as would have been payable had all Series A Preferred
Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation event.

If  upon  occurrence  of  any  such  event,  our  assets  legally  available  for  distribution  are  insufficient  to  permit  payment  of  the  aforementioned  preferential
amounts, then all of our assets legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and to the holders of any
other class or series of our capital stock ranking on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock.

72

 
Table of Contents

Voting Rights

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Series A Preferred Stock have no voting rights except as follows:

•

•

•

Authorize, approve, or make any change to the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series A Preferred Stock;

Authorize or issue any additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock or reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock; or

Create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the Company.

Dividends

Holders of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to holders of common stock or any other class or series of our outstanding capital stock ranking in any such
event junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, are entitled to receive, when and as declared by the board of directors, quarterly cumulative cash dividends at the
annual rate of 2.5% of the Issuance Value per share on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock. The accrued dividends are payable on March 31, June
30, September 30 and December 31 of each year commencing on September 30, 2015.

The accrued dividend as of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016 is $0.2 million and $0.2 million , respectively. During fiscal 2017, we paid $0.9 million in dividends

to the holder of Series A Preferred Stock.

Redemption

Optional redemption by the Company

On or after the third anniversary, we will have the option to redeem for cash all (but not less than all) of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a redemption

price equal to the Issuance Value plus the accrued and unpaid dividends on each share and any past due dividends, whether or not authorized or declared.

Optional redemption by holders

Commencing on the fifth anniversary of the Issuance Date, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock may cause the Company to redeem for cash any number of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock on any date at a redemption price for share redeemed equal to the Issuance Value plus the accrued and unpaid dividends on each
share and any past due dividends, whether or not authorized or declared.

Note 11. Convertible Senior Notes

On March 8, 2017, the Company issued $450 million aggregate principal amount of 0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due in 2024 (the “2024 Notes”), in a
private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The 2024 Notes are
governed by an indenture between the Company, as the issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Indenture”). The 2024 Notes are unsecured and
do not contain any financial covenants, restrictions on dividends, incurrence of senior debt or other indebtedness, or the issuance or repurchase of securities by the
Company.

The 2024 Notes will bear interest at a rate of 0.25% per year. Interest on the 2024 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of
each year, beginning on September 15, 2017. The 2024 Notes will mature on March 15, 2024, unless earlier repurchased by the Company or converted pursuant to
their terms.

The initial conversion rate of the 2024 Notes is 16.4965 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2024 Notes, which is equivalent to an initial

conversion price of approximately $60.62 per share, a 132.5% premium to the fair market value at the date of issuance. Prior to the close of business on the
business day immediately preceding December 15, 2023, the 2024 Notes will be convertible only under the following circumstances: (1) during any fiscal quarter
commencing after July 1, 2017 (and only during such fiscal quarter), if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days
(whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater
than or equal to 130% of the applicable conversion price on each applicable trading day; (2) during the five consecutive business day period after any five
consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of notes for each trading day of such
measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the applicable conversion rate on each
such trading day; or (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On or after

73

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

December 15, 2023 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert their notes at any
time. In addition, upon the occurrence of a make-whole fundamental change, the Company will, in certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate by a number
of additional shares for a holder that elects to convert its 2024 Notes in connection with such make-whole fundamental change.

Until such time as the Company satisfies the Tax Matters Agreement settlement condition (“TMA settlement condition”, as described below), the Company is

required to satisfy its conversion obligation solely in cash. However, if the Company has satisfied the TMA share settlement condition, the Company may satisfy
its conversion obligation in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s
election.

The TMA settlement condition can be met by the Company either receiving (i) an opinion of a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company

and Viavi by mutual consent to the effect that the issuance of the 2024 Notes and the shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the 2024 Notes (assuming for
each such purpose that Physical Settlement applies and the maximum number of Additional Shares have been added to the Conversion Rate) does not result in the
imposition or incurrence of certain taxes upon Viavi, the Company, their respective Affiliates or any third party to which any of Viavi, the Company or their
respective Affiliates is or may become liable in connection with the failure of the Separation to qualify as a transaction in which no income, gain or loss is
recognized under Section 355 and Section 368(A)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (including any tax resulting from the
application of Section 355(d) or Section 355(e) of the Code to the Separation but only to the extent such tax is not reduced by a tax asset) or (ii) the consent of
Viavi to the issuance of the 2024 Notes and the shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the 2024 Notes (assuming for each such purpose that Physical
Settlement applies and the maximum number of Additional Shares have been added to the Conversion Rate), in each case, in a manner that the Company has
determined satisfies the requirements of the Tax Matters Agreement with Viavi. All capitalized terms not previously defined have the definitions set forth in the
Indenture.

The Company may not redeem the 2024 Notes prior to their maturity date and no sinking fund is provided for the 2024 Notes. Upon the occurrence of a
fundamental change, holders may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of their 2024 Notes for cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount
of the 2024 Notes to be repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

The Company considered the features embedded in the 2024 Notes other than the conversion feature, including the holders’ put feature, the Company’s call

feature, and the make-whole feature, and concluded that they are not required to be bifurcated and accounted for separately from the host debt instrument.

Prior to TMA settlement, because the Company can only settle the 2024 Notes in cash, the Company determined that the conversion feature meets the
definition of a derivative liability. The Company separated the derivative liability from the host debt instrument based on the fair value of the derivative liability.
As of the issuance date, March 8, 2017, the derivative liability fair value of  $129.9 million  was calculated using the binomial valuation approach. The residual
principal amount of the 2024 Notes of  $320.1 million  before issuance costs was allocated to the debt component. The Company incurred approximately  $7.7
million  in transaction costs in connection with the issuance of the 2024 Notes. These costs were allocated to the debt component and recognized as a debt
discount. The Company amortizes the debt discount, including both the initial value of the derivative liability and the transaction costs, over the term of the 2024
Notes using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate of the 2024 Notes is  5.4%  per year. As of July 1, 2017, the remaining debt discount
amortization period was  80 months.

The Company satisfied the TMA settlement conditions on June 29, 2017. As such, the value of the conversion option will no longer be marked to market, and
is reclassified to additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet. The value of the conversion option at the time of issuance
will be treated as an original issue discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of the notes. The debt component will accrete up to the principal
amount over the expected term of the debt. These accounting standards do not affect the actual amount we are required to repay, and the amount shown in the table
below for the notes is the aggregate principal amount of the notes and does not reflect the debt discount we will be required to recognize.

As of July 1, 2017, the 2024 Notes consisted of the following ( in millions ):

74

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Liability component:

Principal

Unamortized debt discount

Net carrying amount of the liability component

Carrying amount of the embedded derivative liability

The following table sets forth interest expense information related to the 2024 Notes:

(in millions, except percentages)

Contractual interest expense

Amortization of the debt discount

Total interest cost

Effective interest rate on the liability component

$

$

$

$

$

July 1, 2017

July 1, 2017

450.0

(132.5)

317.5

—

0.4

5.1

5.5

5.4%

The Company has the ability and intent to settle the $450 million face value of the debt in cash. Therefore, the Company will use the treasury stock method for

calculating the dilutive impact of the debt. The 2024 Notes will have no impact to diluted earnings per share until the average price of our common stock exceeds
the conversion price. The Notes are required to be excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share, as they would be anti-dilutive.

Note 12. Derivative Liabilities

We estimate the fair value of the embedded derivatives for the Series A Preferred Stock and the 2024 Notes using the binomial lattice model. We applied the
lattice model to value the embedded derivatives using a “with-and-without method”, where the value of the Series A Preferred Stock or the 2024 Notes, including
the embedded derivative, is defined as the “with”, and the value of the Series A Preferred Stock or the 2024 Notes, excluding the embedded derivative, is defined
as the “without”. The lattice model requires the following inputs: (i) the Company’s common stock price; (ii) conversion price; (iii) term; (iv) yield; (v) recovery
rate for the Series A Preferred Stock; (vi) estimated stock volatility; and (vii) risk-free rate. The fair value of the embedded derivative was determined using level 3
inputs under the fair value hierarchy (unobservable inputs). Changes in the inputs into this valuation model have a material impact in the estimated fair value of the
embedded  derivative.  For  example,  a  decrease  (increase)  in  the  stock  price  and  the  volatility  results  in  a  decrease  (increase)  in  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the
embedded  derivative.  The  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  bifurcated  embedded  derivatives  for  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  the  2024  Notes  are primarily
related to the change in the price of the Company’s underlying common stock and are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as “Unrealized loss on
derivative liabilities”. Unrealized loss on derivative liabilities amounted to $104.2 million and $0.6 million for the fiscal year ended July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016,
respectively.

The  following  table  provides  a  reconciliation  of  the  fair  value  of  the  embedded  derivative  for  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  measured  by  significant

unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016 :

( in millions )

Balance as of beginning of period

Issuance of the embedded derivative for the series A preferred stock at fair value

Unrealized loss on the Series A Preferred Stock derivative liability

Balance as of end of period

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

$

$

10.3   $

—  

41.3  

51.6   $

—

9.7

0.6

10.3

The Company satisfied the TMA settlement condition for the 2024 Notes on June 29, 2017. Refer to “ Note 11. Convertible Senior Notes ”. The following
table provides a reconciliation of the fair value of the embedded derivative for the 2024 Notes measured by significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years
ended July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016 :

75

 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

( in millions )

Balance as of beginning of period

Fair value of the embedded derivative for the 2024 Notes at issuance

Unrealized loss on the 2024 Notes derivative liability

Reclassification of the 2024 Notes derivative liability in connection with TMA settlement condition

Balance as of end of period

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

$

$

—   $

129.9  

62.9  

(192.8)  

—   $

—

—

—

—

—

The following table summarizes the assumptions used to determine the fair value of the embedded derivative for the 2024 Notes at the issuance date and as of

June 29, 2017 when the Company satisfied the TMA settlement condition:

Stock price

Conversion price

Expected term (years)

Expected annual volatility

Risk-free rate

$

$

June 29, 2017

  $

  $

57.30

60.62

6.7

47.50%  

2.10%  

March 8, 2017
45.50

60.62

7

45.0%

2.40%

The following table summarizes the assumptions used to determine the fair value of the embedded derivative for Series A Preferred Stock:

Stock price

Conversion price

Expected term (years)

Expected annual volatility

Risk-free rate

Preferred yield

Note 13. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

$

$

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

  $

  $

57.05

24.63

3.11

47.5%  

1.57%  

7.56%  

23.65

24.63

4.11

40.0%

0.96%

8.84%

The following table presents the changes in goodwill by operating segments during the year ended July 1, 2017 ( in millions) :

Balance as of June 27, 2015

Currency translation

Balance as of July 2, 2016

Acquisition of a business

Currency translation

Balance as of July 1, 2017

Impairment of Goodwill

Optical Communications   Commercial Lasers
5.6
—   $
$

  $

Total

$

$

—  

—   $

5.6  

0.3  

5.9   $

(0.2)

5.4

  $

—  

0.1

5.5

  $

5.6

(0.2)

5.4

5.6

0.4

11.4

We review goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that an impairment loss

may have occurred. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 , we completed the annual impairment test

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

of goodwill, which indicated there was no goodwill impairment. During fiscal 2017, there have been no events or circumstances that have required us to perform
an interim assessment of goodwill for impairment.

Acquired Developed Technology and Other Intangibles

We allocated acquired developed technology and other intangibles resulting from past acquisitions to our Commercial Lasers operating segment.

In  fiscal  2017,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  a  privately  held  company  to  enhance  our  manufacturing  processes  with  $2.4  million  acquired developed
technology  which  was allocated  to  Optical  Communications  operating  segment.  The  following  tables  present  details  of  our  acquired  developed  technology  and
other intangibles ( in millions ):

As of July 1, 2017
Acquired developed technology

Other

Total Intangibles

As of July 2, 2016
Acquired developed technology

Other

Total Intangibles

  Accumulated Amortization  

Net

Gross Carrying Amount
$

105.5   $

$

9.4  

114.9   $

Gross Carrying Amount
$

103.0   $

$

9.4  

112.4

$

(95.4)   $

(9.4)  

(104.8)   $

(88.9)

  $

(9.0)

(97.9)

$

10.1

—

10.1

14.1

0.4

14.5

  Accumulated Amortization  

Net

During fiscal 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , we recorded $6.8 million , $7.2 million , and $8.0 million , respectively, of amortization related to acquired developed

technology and other intangibles. The following table presents details of our amortization  (in millions ):

Cost of sales

Operating expense

Total

July 1, 2017

Years Ended

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

$

$

6.5   $

0.3  

6.8   $

6.8   $

0.4  

7.2   $

7.6

0.4

8.0

Based  on  the  carrying  amount  of  acquired  developed  technology  and  other  intangibles  as  of  July  1,  2017  ,  and  assuming  no  future  impairment  of  the

underlying assets, the estimated future amortization is as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Years
2018

2019

2020

2021

Thereafter

Total amortization

Note 14. Restructuring and Related Charges

$

$

3.2

3.0

2.8

1.1

—

10.1

We have initiated various strategic restructuring events primarily intended to reduce costs, consolidate our operations, rationalize the manufacturing of our
products and align our business in response to the market conditions. As of  July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016 , our total restructuring accrual was $3.8 million and $5.7
million , respectively. During fiscal 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , we recorded $12.0 million , $7.7 million and $11.6 million , respectively, in restructuring and related
charges in the consolidated statements of operations. Of the  $12.0 million and $7.7 million  charge recorded during  fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016,  $2.1 million  and

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

$2.1 million , respectively, related to severance, retention and employee benefits and there were no costs allocated to us by Viavi. Of the $11.6 million charge
recorded  during  fiscal  2015,  $3.9  million  related  to  costs  allocated  to  us  by  Viavi  for  plans  impacting  Viavi’s  corporate  and  shared  services  employees.  Our
restructuring  charges  include  severance  and  benefit  costs  to  eliminate  a  specified  number  of  positions,  facilities  and  equipment  costs  to  vacate  facilities  and
consolidate operations, and lease termination costs. The timing of associated cash payments is dependent upon the type of restructuring charge and can extend over
multiple periods.

Summary of Restructuring Plans

The adjustments to the restructuring accrual related to all of our restructuring plans described below as of July 1, 2017 , were as follows ( in millions ):

Fiscal 2015 Restructuring Plan

Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan

Liability as of July 2, 2016

Charges

Payments

Restructuring Charges
$

4.5

  $

Exit Costs

  Restructuring Charges   Other Charges
0.7

  $

—   $

0.5   $

2.1

(3.2)

—  

(0.1)  

—  

(0.7)

9.9  

(9.9)

Liability as of July 1, 2017

$

3.4

  $

0.4   $

—   $

—   $

Total

5.7

12.0

(13.9)

3.8

As of July 1, 2017 , our restructuring liability includes $3.8 million in other current liabilities. There is no non-current liabilities related to restructuring on

our consolidated balance sheet as of July 1, 2017.

As  of  July  2,  2016  ,  our  restructuring  liability  includes  $5.5  million  in  other  current  liabilities  and  $0.2  million  in  other  non-current  liabilities  on  the

consolidated balance sheet.

Fiscal 2016 Plan

In the fourth quarter of 2016, our management approved and commenced the 2016 Restructuring Program primarily intended to reduce costs, consolidate our

operations, rationalize the manufacturing of our products and align our business in response to the market conditions.

Fiscal 2015 Plans

Separation Restructuring Plan

During the second and fourth quarters of fiscal 2015, management approved restructuring plans impacting our OpComms segment to optimize operations and
gain efficiencies by closing the Bloomfield, Connecticut site and consolidating roles and responsibilities across functions as we moved forward with our Separation
plan. As a result, a restructuring charge of $4.6 million was recorded for severance and employee benefits during fiscal 2015. In total approximately 200 employees
in manufacturing, R&D and SG&A functions located in North America, Europe and Asia were impacted. Payments related to the remaining severance and benefits
accrual have been paid in full in fiscal 2017.

Robbinsville Closure Plan

During  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2015,  management  approved  a  plan  impacting  our  OpComms  segment  to  optimize  operations  and  gain  efficiencies  by
closing the Robbinsville, New Jersey site and consolidating roles and responsibilities across North America. As a result, a restructuring charge of $1.5 million was
recorded  for  severance  and  benefits  during  fiscal  2015.  In  total  approximately  30  employees  in  manufacturing,  R&D  and  SG&A  functions  located  in  North
America were impacted.

Ottawa Lease Exit Costs

During fiscal 2008, we recorded lease exit charges, net of assumed sub-lease income related to our Ottawa facility which was included in selling, general and

administrative expenses as the space was never occupied and we had no need for the space in the foreseeable future due to changes in business requirements.

78

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For the fiscal  year ended July 1, 2017 , we had cash settlements of $0.1 million . The fair value of the remaining contractual obligations, net of sublease
income is $0.4 million and $0.5 million , as of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016 , respectively. As of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016 , $0.4 million and $0.3 million was
included  in  other  current  liabilities  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  As  of  July  2,  2016  , $0.2  million  was  included  in  other  non-current  liabilities  on  the
consolidated balance sheets. There were no other non-current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets as of year ended July 1, 2017 . The payments related to
these lease costs are expected to be paid by the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2018.

In the third quarter of fiscal 2015, we released $0.9 million of accrued lease exit charges for reusing certain spaces of our Ottawa facility. During fiscal 2015,

we recorded $0.7 million benefit in the SG&A charges, plus we had cash settlements of $1.0 million and other non-cash benefits of $0.3 million .

Note 15. Income Taxes

Our income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the following ( in millions ):

Domestic

Foreign

Income (loss) before income taxes

Our income tax (benefit) expense consisted of the following ( in millions ):

Federal:

Current

Deferred

State:

Current

Deferred

Foreign:

Current

Deferred

$

$

$

Years Ended

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

(78.4)   $

18.6  

(59.8)   $

60.7   $

(51.0)  

9.7   $

(58.7)

34.2

(24.5)

Years Ended

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

13.7   $

—  

13.7  

0.1  

—  

0.1  

2.1  

26.8  

28.9  

1.6   $

—  

1.6  

0.2  

—  

0.2  

1.2  

(2.6)  

(1.4)  

—

—

—

0.1

—

0.1

(20.3)

(0.9)

(21.2)

(21.1)

Total income tax (benefit) expense

$

42.7   $

0.4   $

The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate as follows ( in millions ):

79

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

Income tax (benefit) expense computed at federal statutory rate

$

(20.9)   $

3.4   $

State taxes, net of federal benefit

Foreign rate differential

Change in valuation allowance

Reversal of previously accrued taxes

Research and experimentation benefits and other tax credits

Permanent items

Stock-based compensation

Fair value adjustment

Subpart F

Unrecognized tax benefits

Other

0.1  

(4.8)  

21.5  

—  

(2.9)  

0.3  

4.9  

36.5  

—  

8.4  

(0.4)  

0.1  

21.3  

(29.4)  

—  

(4.4)  

0.7  

4.3  

—  

4.0  

—  

0.4  

(8.6)

—

0.2

(2.2)

(21.8)

(3.1)

(0.7)

1.2

—

12.7

1.0

0.2

Total income tax (benefit) expense

$

42.7   $

0.4   $

(21.1)

The components of our net deferred taxes consisted of the following ( in millions ):

Gross deferred tax assets:

Intangibles

Tax credit carryforwards

Net operating loss carryforwards

Inventories

Accruals and reserves

Fixed assets

Capital loss carryforwards

Unclaimed research and experimental development expenditure

Other

Stock-based compensation

Acquisition-related items

Gross deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Deferred tax assets

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

Intangible amortization

Convertible note

Undistributed foreign earnings

Other

Deferred tax liabilities

Total net deferred tax assets

Years Ended

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

$

217.4   $

230.2   $

34.9  

11.5  

11.7  

19.7  

11.4  

12.4  

23.0  

0.4  

3.1  

—  

345.5  

(296.4)  

49.1  

(1.1)  

(44.4)  

—  

—  

(45.5)  

3.6   $

43.8  

16.1  

10.9  

9.9  

11.1  

11.9  

19.5  

0.6  

—  

—  

354.0  

(321.4)  

32.6  

(1.0)  

—  

—  

—  

(1.0)  

31.6   $

$

—

41.6

61.0

7.7

4.1

21.7

12.4

16.7

5.4

—

29.4

200.0

(160.0)

40.0

(6.7)

—

(2.6)

(1.2)

(10.5)

29.5

The  Realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  dependent  upon  the  generation  of  sufficient  taxable  income  of  the  appropriate  character  in  future  periods.  The
Company regularly assesses the ability to realize its deferred tax assets and establishes a valuation allowance if it is more-likely-than-not that some portion of the
deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  The  Company  weighs  all  available  positive  and  negative  evidence,  including  its  earnings  history  and  results  of  recent
operations, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies. Due to the weight of objectively verifiable
negative evidence, including its history of losses in certain jurisdictions, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that its U.S. federal,

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
80

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

state, and Canadian deferred tax assets will not be realized as of July 1, 2017. Accordingly, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance on such deferred tax
assets.

The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period
are reduced or increased or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present and additional weight may be given to subjective
evidence such as our projections for growth. In the event the Company determines that it will be able to realize all or part of its net deferred tax assets in the future,
the  valuation  allowance  against  deferred  tax  assets  will  be  reversed  in  the  period  in  which  the  Company  makes  such  determination.  The  release  of  a  valuation
allowance  against  deferred  tax  assets  may  cause  greater  volatility  in  the  effective  tax  rate  in  the  periods  in  which  the  valuation  allowance  is  released.  It  is
reasonably  possible  that  significant  positive  evidence  may  become  available  to  reach  a  conclusion  that  a  significant  portion  of  the  valuation  allowance  will  no
longer be needed, and as such, we may release a significant portion of our valuation allowance in the next 12 months.

The valuation allowance against our various deferred tax assets decreased by $25.0 million in fiscal 2017, and increased by $161.4 million in fiscal 2016. The
decrease in the valuation allowance during fiscal 2017 was primarily related to the amortization of intangible assets, utilization of tax attributes, and the tax effects
of the Convertible Senior Notes. The increase during fiscal 2016 was primarily due to a step up in the tax basis of intangible assets, which was offset by a valuation
allowance. The step-up was the result of the Separation from Viavi, and consequently, a significant portion of the change in the valuation allowance had no impact
on the effective tax rate.

As  of  July  1,  2017,  the  Company  had  federal  and  foreign  tax  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  $6.9  million  and  $35.9  million  ,  respectively.  These
carryforwards  will  begin  to  expire  in  the  fiscal  years  ending  2022  and  2025,  respectively.  The  federal  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  are  subject  to  Internal
Revenue Code Section 382 which imposes limitations on annual utilization after a change of ownership.

Additionally, the Company has federal, state, and foreign research and other tax credit carryforwards of  $4.3 million ,  $7.2 million , and  $43.0 million ,
respectively.  A portion  of  the  federal  credits  will  begin  to  expire  in  the  fiscal  year  ending  2036 and  California  credits  can  be  carried  forward  indefinitely.  The
foreign tax credits will begin to expire in the fiscal year ending 2020.

As a result of certain realization requirements of ASC 718, the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities does not include certain deferred tax assets that arose
directly from (or the use of which was postponed by) tax deductions related to equity compensation that are greater than the compensation recognized for financial
reporting. Equity will be increased by $2.5 million if and when such deferred tax assets are ultimately realized. We use ASC 740 ordering when determining when
excess tax benefits have been realized.

U.S.  income  and  foreign  withholding  taxes  associated  with  the  repatriation  of  earnings  of  foreign  subsidiaries  have  not  been  provided  on  $0.6  million  of
undistributed earnings for certain foreign subsidiaries. We intend to reinvest these earnings indefinitely outside of the United States. We estimate that an additional
$0.1 million of U.S. income or foreign withholding taxes would have to be provided if these earnings were repatriated back to the U.S. federal statutory rate.

A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits between June 27, 2015 and July 1, 2017 is as follows ( in millions ):

Balance at June 27, 2015

Reductions based on the tax positions related to the prior year

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

Balance at July 2, 2016

Additions based on the tax positions related to the prior year

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

Balance at July 1, 2017

81

$

$

$

0.2

(0.1)

2.1

2.2

1.6

9.5

13.3

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of July 1, 2017 is $3.6 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in adjustments to the
valuation allowance. Also, included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of July 1, 2017 is $10.5 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact
the effective tax rate.

Our  policy  is  to  recognize  accrued  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  within  the  income  tax  provision.  The  amount  of  interest  and
penalties accrued as of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016 were $0.9 million and $0.1 million , respectively. During fiscal 2017, accrued interest and penalties increased
by $0.8 million .

The  Company  files  income  tax  returns  in  the  US  federal  jurisdiction  as  well  as  many  US  states  and  foreign  jurisdictions.  The  Company’s  major  tax
jurisdictions are the U.S. federal government, the state of California, and Canada. The U.S. federal corporation income tax returns beginning with the 2000 tax year
remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS. The California corporation income tax returns beginning with the fiscal year 2016 will
remain subject to examination by the California Franchise Tax Board. The Canada corporation income tax returns beginning with the 2009 year remain subject to
examination  by  the  Canadian  tax  authorities.  Fiscal  years  outside  the  normal  statute  of  limitation  remain  open  to  audit  by  tax  authorities  due  to  tax  attributes
generated in those early years which have been carried forward and may be audited in subsequent years when utilized.

The Company is subject to the continuous examination of income tax returns by various foreign tax authorities. The timing of resolutions and closures of tax
audits  is  highly  unpredictable.  Given  the  uncertainty,  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  certain  tax  audits  may  be  concluded  within  the  next  12  months  that  could
materially impact the balance of our gross unrecognized tax benefits. An estimate of the range of increase or decrease that could occur in the next twelve months
cannot be made. However, the estimated impact to tax expense and net income from the resolution and closure of tax exams is not expected to be significant within
the next 12 months.

Note 16. Stock-Based Compensation and Stock Plans

Description of Lumentum Stock-Based Benefit Plans

Stock Option Plans

On June 23, 2015, we adopted, and the board of directors of JDS Uniphase Corporation (“JDSU” and, now, Viavi Solutions Inc.) approved, the 2015 Equity
Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”) under which 8.5 million shares of our Common Stock were authorized for issuance, which was ratified by the Company’s board
of directors in August 2015.  In connection with our Separation from JDSU on July 31, 2015, outstanding JDSU equity-based awards held by service providers
continuing  in  service  after  the  Separation  were  converted  into  equity-based  awards  under  the  2015  Plan  reducing  the  number  of  shares  remaining  available  for
grant  under  the  2015  Plan.  Immediately  following  our  Separation  from  JDSU,  2.1 million shares  of  our  Common  Stock  were  reserved  pursuant  to  outstanding
equity-based awards under the 2015 Plan that were converted from JDSU equity-based awards.

On November 4, 2016, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to increase the number of shares that may be issued under the 2015 Plan by 3.0

million shares and to approve the material terms of the 2015 Plan.

As  of  July  1,  2017  ,  the  Company  had  2.2  million  shares  of  stock  options,  restricted  stock  awards,  and  restricted  stock  units  issued  and  outstanding  to
employees and directors under the 2015 Plan. Restricted stock awards and restricted stock units are performance-based, time-based or a combination of both and
are expected to vest over one to four years. The fair value of the time-based restricted stock award or restricted stock unit is based on the closing market price of
the Company’s common stock on the date of award.

The exercise price for stock options is equal to the fair value of the underlying stock at the date of grant. The Company issues new shares of common stock
upon exercise of stock options. Options generally become exercisable over a three -year or four -year period and, if not exercised, expire from five to ten years
after the date of grant. As of July 1, 2017 , 6.6 million shares of common stock under the 2015 Plan were available for grant.

82

Table of Contents

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

On June 23, 2015, we adopted, and the board of directors of JDSU approved, the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2015 Purchase Plan”) under
which 3.0 million shares of our Common Stock were authorized for issuance, which was ratified by our board of directors in August 2015. The 2015 Purchase Plan
provides  eligible  employees  with  the  opportunity  to  acquire  an  ownership  interest  in  the  Company  through  periodic  payroll  deductions  and  provides  a  15%
purchase price discount as well as a six -month look-back period. The 2015 Purchase Plan is structured as a qualified employee stock purchase plan under Section
423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. However, the 2015 Purchase Plan is not intended to be a qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plan under
Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and is not subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974. The 2015
Purchase Plan will terminate upon the date on which all shares available for issuance have been sold. Of the 3.0 million shares authorized under the 2015 Purchase
Plan, 2.5 million shares remained available for issuance as of July 1, 2017 .

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) under the 2015 Plan are grants of shares of our common stock valued at fair value based on the closing price of our common
stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  RSUs  result  in  a  payment  to  a  holder  if  any  performance  goals  or  other  vesting  criteria  are  achieved  or  the  awards  otherwise  vest.
Generally, our RSUs have service conditions, performance conditions, or a combination of both and are expected to vest over one to four years. The fair value of
the time-based RSUs is based on the closing market price of the common stock on the date of award.

Restricted Stock Awards

Restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) under the 2015 Plan are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions
on transferability and forfeiture provisions. RSAs are expected to vest over one to four years, and the shares acquired may not be transferred by the holder until the
vesting conditions (if any) are satisfied.

Stock-Based Compensation

The impact on our results of operations of recording stock-based compensation by function for fiscal 2017 , 2016 and 2015 was as follows (in millions) :

Cost of sales

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

July 1, 2017

Years Ended

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

$

$

7.5   $

11.6  

13.6  

32.7   $

6.1   $

9.0  

11.8  

26.9   $

5.1

7.3

14.7

27.1

Approximately $1.8 million and $1.2 million of stock-based compensation was capitalized to inventory as of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016. The table above
includes  allocated  stock-based  compensation  from  Viavi of  $2.0 million and $8.9 million for fiscal 2016 and 2015 ,  respectively.  There  were  no allocations  to
stock-based compensation from Viavi during the year ended July 1, 2017. Refer to “ Note 3. Related Party Transactions ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.

Stock Option and Restricted Stock Units Activity

We did not grant any stock options during fiscal 2017 and 2016 . As of July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016, the total intrinsic value of options exercised by our
employees was $5.6 million and $1.0 million , respectively. In connection with these exercises, the tax benefit realized during the year ended July 1, 2017 was $3.8
million . For the year ended July 2, 2016 there was no tax benefit related to options exercised.

As of July 1, 2017 , $48.4 million of stock-based compensation cost related to RSUs and RSAs granted to our employees remains to be amortized. That cost

is expected to be recognized over an estimated amortization period of 2.0 years .

83

 
 
 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table summarizes our stock option, RSA, and RSU activities in fiscal 2017 (amount in millions except per share amounts) :

Outstanding as of June 27, 2015

Authorized

Granted

Exercised / Vested

Canceled

Outstanding as of July 2, 2016

Authorized

Granted

Exercised / Vested

Canceled

Outstanding as of July 1, 2017

Options Outstanding

Restricted Stock Units/Awards Outstanding

Available for
Grant

Number of
Shares

0.5

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price  
19.01  

  $

Number of
Shares
(MSU/PSU)
0.2

Number of
Shares
(RSU/RSA)
1.5

Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value

  $

22.70

8.5

(4.0)

—  

0.2

4.7

3.0

(1.3)

—  

0.2

6.6

—  

(0.2)

—  

—  

15.21  

—  

0.3

  $

17.83  

—  

(0.3)

—  

—   $

—  

14.29  

—  

—  

—  

(0.1)

—  

0.1

—  

(0.1)

—  

—  

1.9

(0.7)

(0.2)

2.5

  $

1.3

(1.4)

(0.2)

2.2

  $

20.39

22.60

21.85

21.04

34.86

21.74

23.78

28.51

Vested and expected to vest

—   $

—  

—  

2.1

  $

28.61

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) Activity

The ESPP expense for the years ended July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016 was $2.7 million and $1.3 million , respectively. The expense related to the ESPP is
recorded  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  relevant  subscription  period.  During  fiscal  2017  and  2016,  314,800  shares  and  202,479  shares  were  issued  to  our
employees with the average fair market value at the purchase date of $25.64 and $15.46 , respectively.

Note 17. Employee Benefit Plans

Employee Retirement Plans

In  the  United  States,  the  Company  sponsors  the  Lumentum  401(k)  Retirement  Plan  (the  “401(k)  Plan”)  ,  a  defined  contribution  plan  under  ERISA,  which
provides retirement benefits for its eligible employees through tax deferred salary deductions. The 401(k) Plan allows employees to contribute up to 50% of their
annual compensation, with contributions limited to $18,000 in calendar year 2017 as set by the Internal Revenue Service.

In  Canada,  the  Company  sponsors  the  Group  Registered  Retirement  Savings  (the  “RRSP”)  and  Deferred  Profit  Sharing  Plan  (the  “DPSP”),  a  defined
contribution plan which provides retirement benefits for its eligible employees through tax deferred salary deductions. The Plan allows employees to contribute up
to 5% of their eligible earnings in a pay period, with contributions limited to in calendar year 2017 up to $20,062 (1) for the RRSP and $10,116 (2) for the DPSP, per
Canada Revenue Agency. The RRSP contributions in excess of 5% of earnings are not subject to an employer’s contributions.

The  Company  also  makes  a  matching  contribution  equal  to  100%  of  employees  before-tax  contributions  up  to  3%  of  their  compensation  and  50%  of
employees before-tax contributions to the next 2% of their compensation.  The Company match is contributed on a per-pay-period basis and is based on employees
before-tax contributions and compensation each pay period for both the United Stated and Canada retirement plans. 

Employees are eligible for match contributions after completing 180 days of service.  All matching contributions are made in cash and vest immediately under
both retirement plans. In fiscal 2017 and 2016, we made matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan in the amount of $4.0 million and $2.7 million , respectively. In
fiscal 2017 and 2016, we made matching contributions in the amount of $0.7 million and $0.7 million under our Canada retirement plan.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

Employee Defined Benefit Plans

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

During the third quarter of fiscal 2014, we assumed a defined benefit plan in connection with the acquisition of Time-Bandwidth. Prior to the third quarter of
fiscal 2014, we did not have any significant defined benefit plans. This plan, which covers certain Swiss employees, is open to new participants and additional
service  costs  are  being  accrued.  Benefits  are  generally  based  upon  age  and  compensation.  As  of  July  1,  2017  ,  the  plan  was  partially  funded.  Our  policy  for
partially funded plans is to make contributions equal to or greater than the requirements prescribed by law or regulation. Future estimated benefit payments are
summarized below. No other required contributions to this defined benefit plan are expected in fiscal 2018, but we can, at our discretion, make contributions to the
plan.

We  account  for  our  obligations  under  this  pension  plan  in  accordance  with  the  authoritative  guidance  which  requires  us  to  record  our  obligation  to  the
participants, as well as the corresponding net periodic cost. We determine our obligation to the participants and our net periodic cost principally using actuarial
valuations provided by third-party actuaries. The net obligation of $3.9 million as of July 1, 2017 is recorded in our consolidated balance sheets as non-current
liabilities and is reflective of the total PBO less the fair value of plan assets.

(1) CA $26,010 converted to U.S. dollars using the applicable exchange rate on July 1, 2017 (i.e., $0.7713 ), the last business day of fiscal 2017.

(2) CA $13,115 converted to U.S. dollars using the applicable exchange rate on July 1, 2017 (i.e., $0.7713 ), the last business day of fiscal 2017.

The change in the benefit obligations and plan assets of the pension and benefits plan were as follows (in millions):

Change in benefit obligation:

  Benefit obligation at beginning of year

     Service cost

     Interest cost

     Plan participants’ contribution

     Actuarial (gains)/losses

     Benefits paid

     Foreign exchange impact

  Benefit obligation at end of year

Change in plan assets:

  Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

     Actual return on plan assets

     Employer contribution

     Plan participants’ contribution

     Benefits paid

     Foreign exchange impact

  Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Funded status

Accumulated benefit obligation

85

Pension Benefit Plan

2017

2016

$

$

$

$

$

$

8.2   $

0.6  

—  

0.5  

0.5  

0.9  

0.3  

11.0   $

4.7   $

0.1  

0.8  

0.5  

0.9  

0.1  

7.1   $

(3.9)   $

8.2   $

6.7

0.4

0.1

0.4

0.9

0.1

(0.4)

8.2

4.6

(0.6)

0.4

0.4

0.1

(0.2)

4.7

(3.5)

6.7

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents

Assumptions

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Underlying  both  the  calculation  of  the  PBO  and  net  periodic  cost  are  actuarial  valuations.  These  valuations  use  participant-specific  information  such  as
salary,  age  and  assumptions  about  interest  rates,  compensation  increases  and  other  factors.  At  a  minimum,  we  evaluate  these  assumptions  annually  and  make
changes as necessary.

The discount rate reflects the estimated rate at which the pension benefits could be effectively settled. In developing the discount rate, we consider the yield

available on an appropriate AA corporate bond index, adjusted to reflect the term of the scheme’s liabilities.

The expected return on assets was estimated by using the weighted average of the real expected long-term return (net of inflation) on the relevant classes of

assets based on the target asset mix and adding the chosen inflation assumption.

The following table summarizes the assumptions used to determine net periodic cost and benefit obligation for the pension plan:

Assumptions used to determine net periodic cost:

Discount rate

Expected long-term return on plan assets

Rate of pension increase

Assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at end of year:

Discount rate

Rate of pension increase

Fair Value Measurement of Plan Assets

Pension Benefit Plans

2017

2016

0.2%  

3.2%  

2.3%  

0.7%  

2.3%  

1.1%

3.3%

2.3%

0.2%

2.3%

The following table sets forth the plan’s assets at fair value and the percentage of assets allocations as of July 1, 2017 (in millions, except percentage data ).

Assets:

     Global equity

     Fixed income

     Alternative Investment

     Cash

     Other

  Total Assets

Target Allocation

Total

Percentage of Plan
Asset

Fair value measurement as of July 1, 2017

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

24%   $

35%  

15%  

1%  

25%  

  $

1.7  

2.5  

1.6  

0.1  

1.2  

7.1  

86

24%   $

—   $

35%  

23%  

1%  

17%  

—  

—  

0.1  

—  

100%   $

0.1   $

1.7

2.5

1.6

—

1.2

7.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table sets forth the plan’s assets at fair value and the percentage of assets allocations as of July 2, 2016 (in millions, except percentage data ).

Assets:

     Global equity

     Fixed income

     Alternative Investment

     Cash

     Other

  Total Assets

Target Allocation

Total

Percentage of Plan
Asset

Fair value measurement as of July 2, 2016

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

26%   $

37%  

19%  

1%  

17%  

  $

1.2  

1.7  

0.9  

0.1  

0.8  

4.7  

26%   $

—   $

36%  

19%  

2%  

17%  

—  

—  

0.1  

—  

100%   $

0.1   $

1.2

1.7

0.9

—

0.8

4.6

Our pension assets consist of multiple institutional funds (“pension funds”) of which the fair values are based on the quoted prices of the underlying funds.
Pension funds are classified as Level 2 assets since such funds are not directly traded in active markets. Global equity consists of several funds that invest primarily
in Swiss and Foreign equities; Fixed income consists of several funds that invest primarily in investment grade domestic and overseas bonds; Other consists of
several funds that primarily invest in hedge fund, private equity, global real estate and infrastructure funds.

Future Benefit Payments

We estimate our expected benefit payments to defined benefit pension plan participants based on the same assumptions used to measure our PBO at year end
which includes benefits attributable to estimated future compensation increases. Based on this approach, we expect to make payments of $0.9 million during the
five year period between fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2022 and the remaining $3.0 million of payments in fiscal years subsequent to fiscal 2022.

Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We  lease  certain  real  and  personal  property  from  unrelated  third  parties  under  non-cancellable  operating  leases  that  expire  at  various  dates  through  fiscal
2026. Certain leases require us to pay property taxes, insurance and routine maintenance, and include escalation clauses. As of July 1, 2017 the future minimum
annual lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases were as follows ( in millions ):

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Thereafter

Total minimum operating lease payments

$

$

11.4

11.3

8.4

4.6

3.1

4.0

42.8

Included in the future minimum lease payments table above is $0.3 million related to lease commitments  in connection with our restructuring  and related

activities. Refer to “ Note 14. Restructuring and Related Charges ” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Rental expense relating to building and equipment was $10.1 million , $7.4 million , and $9.1 million in fiscal 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , respectively.

Acquisition Contingencies

87

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Company incurred liabilities in the amount of $3.6 million in connection with the fiscal 2017 acquisition. The amount of $2.7 million is payable in 36
months following the acquisition date contingent upon meeting certain production targets. The Company retained $0.9 million of the purchase price to cover any
potential  liabilities  under  the  representations,  warranties  and  indemnifications  included  in  the  purchase  agreement,  the  amount  is  payable  at  the  15  month
anniversary of the close date. Refer to “ Note 6. Mergers and Acquisitions ”.

0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024

The future interest and principal payments related to the 2024 Notes are as follows as of July 1, 2017 :

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Thereafter

Total 2024 Notes payments

Purchase Obligations

$

$

1.2

1.1

1.1

1.1

1.1

451.7

457.3

Purchase obligations of $146.2 million as of July 1, 2017 , represent legally-binding commitments to purchase inventory and other commitments made in the
normal course of business to meet operational requirements. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally
allow  the  option  to  cancel,  reschedule  and  adjust  the  requirements  based  on  our  business  needs  prior  to  the  delivery  of  goods  or  performance  of  services.
Obligations to purchase inventory and other commitments are generally expected to be fulfilled within one year.

We depend on a limited number of contract manufacturers, subcontractors and suppliers for raw materials, packages and standard components. We generally
purchase these single or limited source products through standard purchase orders or one-year supply agreements and have no significant long-term guaranteed
supply  agreements  with  such  vendors.  While  we  seek  to  maintain  a  sufficient  safety  stock  of  such  products  and  maintain  on-going  communications  with  our
suppliers to guard against interruptions or cessation of supply, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected by a stoppage or delay of supply,
substitution of more expensive or less reliable products, receipt of defective parts or contaminated materials, increases in the price of such supplies, or our inability
to obtain reduced pricing from our suppliers in response to competitive pressures.

Product Warranties

We provide reserves for the estimated costs of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. We typically offer a twelve month warranty for most of
our products. However, in some instances depending upon the product, product component or application of our products by the end customer, our warranties can
vary and generally range from six months to five years. We estimate the costs of our warranty obligations on an annualized basis based on our historical experience
of known product failure rates, use of materials to repair or replace defective products and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures. In addition,
from time to time, specific warranty accruals may be made if unforeseen technical problems arise with specific products. We assess the adequacy of our recorded
warranty liabilities and adjust the amounts as necessary.

The following table presents the changes in our warranty reserve during fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016 ( in millions ):

Balance as of beginning of year

Provision for warranty

Utilization of reserve

Balance as of year end

88

Years Ended

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

$

$

2.8   $

14.9  

(8.0)  

9.7   $

2.8

2.9

(2.9)

2.8

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Environmental Liabilities

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Our  research  and  development  (“R&D”),  manufacturing  and  distribution  operations  involve  the  use  of  hazardous  substances  and  are  regulated  under
international,  federal,  state  and  local  laws  governing  health  and  safety  and  the  environment.  We  apply  strict  standards  for  protection  of  the  environment  and
occupational health and safety to sites inside and outside the United States, even if not subject to regulations imposed by foreign governments. We believe that our
properties and operations at our facilities comply in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and occupational health and safety laws. However, the
risk of environmental liabilities cannot be completely eliminated and there can be no assurance that the application of environmental and health and safety laws
will  not  require  us  to  incur  significant  expenditures.  We  are  also  regulated  under  a  number  of  international,  federal,  state  and  local  laws  regarding  recycling,
product packaging and product content requirements. The environmental, product content/disposal and recycling laws are gradually becoming more stringent and
may cause us to incur significant expenditures in the future.

In  connection  with  the  Separation,  we  agreed  to  indemnify  Viavi  for  any  liability  associated  with  contamination  from  past  operations  at  all  properties

transferred to us from Viavi, to the extent the resulting issues primarily related to our business.

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to a variety of claims and suits that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. While management currently believes that
resolving claims against us, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or statements of
cash  flows,  these  matters  are  subject  to  inherent  uncertainties  and  management’s  view  of  these  matters  may  change  in  the  future.  Were  an  unfavorable  final
outcome to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the period in which the
effect becomes reasonably estimable.

Indemnifications

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  the  Company  enters  into  agreements  that  contain  a  variety  of  representations  and  warranties  and  provide  for  general
indemnification.  Exposure  under  these  agreements  is  unknown  because  claims  may  be  made  against  the  Company  in  the  future  and  the  Company  may  record
charges in the future as a result of these indemnification obligations. As of July 1, 2017, the Company did not have any material indemnification claims that were
probable or reasonably possible.

Note 19. Operating Segments and Geographic Information

Our  chief  executive  officer  is  our  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker  (“CODM”).  The  CODM  allocates  resources  to  the  segments  based  on  their  business

prospects, competitive factors, net revenue and gross margin.

We are an industry leading provider of optical and photonic products defined by revenue and market share addressing a range of end-market applications
including  optical  communications  and  commercial  lasers.  We  have  two  operating  segments,  Optical  Communications,  which  we  refer  to  as  OpComms,  and
Commercial  Lasers,  which  we  refer  to  as  Lasers.  The  two  operating  segments  were  primarily  determined  based  on  how  the  CODM  views  and  evaluates  our
operations.  Operating  results  are  regularly  reviewed  by  the  CODM  to  make  decisions  about  resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  segments  and  to  assess  their
performance. Other factors, including market separation and customer specific applications, go-to-market channels, products and manufacturing, are considered in
determining the formation of these operating segments.

OpComms

Our OpComms products address the following markets: telecommunications (Telecom), data communications (Datacom) and Consumer and Industrial.

Our  OpComms  products  include  a  wide  range  of  components,  modules  and  subsystems  to  support  and  maintain  customers  in  our  two  primary  markets:
Telecom and Datacom. The Telecom market includes carrier networks for access (local), metro (intracity), long-haul (city-to-city and worldwide) and submarine
(undersea)  networks.  The  Datacom  market  addresses  enterprise,  cloud  and  data  center  applications,  including  storage-access  networks  (“SANs”),  local-area
networks  (“LANs”)  and  wide-area  networks  (“WANs”).  These  products  enable  the  transmission  and  transport  of  video,  audio  and  text  data  over  high-capacity
fiber-optic cables. We maintain leading positions in the fast growing OpComms markets, including reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexers (“ROADMs”),
tunable 10-gigabit small form-factor pluggable transceivers and tunable small form-factor pluggable transceivers. Our 10G, 40G legacy transceivers and a growing
portfolio of 100G pluggable transceivers support LAN/SAN/WAN needs and the cloud for customers building enterprise and hyperscale data center networks.

89

Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In the Consumer and Industrial  markets,  our OpComms products  include  laser  light  sources, which are  integrated  into 3D sensing platforms  being used in
applications  for mobile  devices,  gaming, computers,  virtual  and augmented  reality,  other  consumer  electronics  devices, and industrial  segments.  These systems
simplify the way people interact with technology by enabling the use of natural body gestures, like the wave of a hand, to control a product or application. Systems
can also be used for identification,  safety, and process efficiency, among numerous other application spaces. Emerging applications for this technology include
various mobile device applications, autonomous vehicles, self-navigating robotics and drones in industrial applications and 3D capture of objects coupled with 3D
printing. Our laser light sources are also used in a variety of other industrial laser and processing applications.

Lasers

Our  Lasers  products  serve  our  customers  in  markets  and  applications  such  as  sheet  metal  processing,  general  manufacturing,  biotechnology,  graphics  and

imaging, remote sensing, and precision machining such as drilling in printed circuit boards, wafer singulation, glass cutting and solar cell scribing.

Our Lasers products are used in a variety of original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) applications including diode-pumped solid-state, fiber, diode, direct-
diode and gas lasers such as argon-ion and helium-neon lasers. Fiber lasers provide kW-class output powers combined with excellent beam quality and are used in
sheet metal processing and metal welding applications. Diode-pumped solid-state lasers provide excellent beam quality, low noise and exceptional reliability and
are used in biotechnology, graphics and imaging, remote sensing, materials processing and precision machining applications. Diode and direct-diode lasers address
a wide variety of applications, including laser pumping, thermal exposure, illumination, ophthalmology, image recording, printing, plastic welding and selective
soldering. Gas lasers such as argon-ion and helium-neon lasers provide a stable, low-cost and reliable solution over a wide range of operating conditions, making
them well suited for complex, high-resolution OEM applications such as flow cytometry, DNA sequencing, graphics and imaging and semiconductor inspection.

Our acquisition of Time-Bandwidth enabled us to provide high-powered and ultrafast lasers for the industrial and scientific markets. Manufacturers use high-
power,  ultrafast  lasers  to  create  micro  parts  for  consumer  electronics  and  to  process  semiconductor,  LED,  and  other  types  of  chips.  Use  of  ultrafast  lasers  for
micromachining applications is being driven primarily by the increasing use of consumer electronics and connected devices globally.

We do not allocate research and development, sales and marketing, or general and administrative expenses to our segments because management does not
include  the  information  in  its  measurement  of  the  performance  of  the  operating  segments.  In  addition,  we  do  not  allocate  amortization  and  impairment  of
acquisition-related intangible assets, stock-based compensation and certain other charges impacting the gross margin of each segment because management does
not include this information in its measurement of the performance of the operating segments. Other charges are primarily warranty expenses that were accrued and
which are expected to be reimbursed by the manufacturer.

Information on reportable segments utilized by our CODM is as follows ( in millions) :

Net revenue:

OpComms

Lasers

Net revenue

Gross profit:

OpComms

Lasers

Total segment gross profit

Unallocated amounts:

Stock-based compensation

Amortization of intangibles

Other charges

Gross profit

July 1, 2017

Years Ended

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

$

$

857.8   $

143.8  

1,001.6   $

287.3  

59.9  

347.2  

(7.5)  

(6.5)  

(15.1)  

761.3   $

141.7  

903.0   $

236.3  

61.4  

297.7  

(6.1)  

(6.8)  

(7.5)  

$

318.1   $

277.3   $

694.1

143.0

837.1

204.8

67.4

272.2

(5.1)

(7.6)

(1.6)

257.9

90

 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The table below discloses the percentage of our total net revenue attributable to each of our two reportable segments. In addition, it discloses the percentage
of our total net revenue attributable to our product offerings which serve the Telecom, Datacom and consumer and industrial (“Consumer and Industrial”) markets
which accounted for more than 10% or more of our total net revenue during the last three fiscal years:

OpComms:

Telecom

Datacom

Consumer and Industrial

Lasers

July 1, 2017

Years Ended

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

85.6%  

61.0%  

20.1%  

4.5%  

14.4%  

84.3%  

61.5%  

18.1%  

4.7%  

15.7%  

82.9%

60.6%

17.4%

4.9%

17.1%

We operate in three geographic regions: Americas, Asia-Pacific, and EMEA (Europe, Middle East, and Africa). Net revenue is assigned to the geographic
region and country where our product is initially shipped. For example, certain customers may request shipment of our product to a contract manufacturer in one
country, which may differ from the location of their end customers. The following table presents net revenue by the three geographic regions we operate in and net
revenue from countries that exceeded 10% of our total net revenue (in millions, except percentage data) :

Net revenue:

Americas:

United States

Mexico

Other Americas

Total Americas

Asia-Pacific:

Hong Kong

Japan

Other Asia-Pacific

Total Asia-Pacific

EMEA

Total net revenue

July 1, 2017

Years Ended

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

$

$

$

$

$

$

147.9  

185.1  

9.2  

342.2  

226.7  

99.2  

225.4  

551.3  

14.8%   $

18.5

0.9

34.2%   $

22.6%   $

9.9

22.5

55.0%   $

162.3  

112.9  

19.6  

294.8  

214.0  

92.9  

177.8  

484.7  

18.0%   $

12.5

2.2

32.7%   $

23.7%   $

10.3

19.6

53.6%   $

162.4  

112.7  

31.1  

306.2  

120.4  

106.6  

174.4  

401.4  

19.4%

13.5

3.6

36.5%

14.4%

12.7

20.9

48.0%

108.1  

10.8%   $

123.5  

13.7%   $

129.5  

15.5%

1,001.6  

  $

903.0  

  $

837.1  

During fiscal 2017 , 2016 and 2015 , net revenue generated from a single customer which represented 10% or greater of total net revenue is summarized as

follows:

Customer A

Customer B

Customer C

*Represents less than 10% of total net revenue

July 1, 2017

Years Ended

July 2, 2016

June 27, 2015

18.5%  

16.7%  

12.4%  

17.1%  

17.1%  

13.0%  

14.4%

*

11.8%

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Long-lived assets, namely net property, plant and equipment were identified based on the operations in the corresponding geographic areas (in millions) :

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

United States

Canada

China

Thailand

Other Asia-Pacific

EMEA

Total long-lived assets

Years Ended

July 1, 2017

July 2, 2016

$

$

88.2   $

13.8  

82.5  

85.3  

1.9  

1.8  

69.0

21.4

46.6

43.8

0.2

2.4

273.5   $

183.4

In March 2017, we completed the purchase of a property in Thailand for approximately $9.9 million in cash. This property will provide additional

manufacturing capacity for future growth. The building was valued at $5.5 million and the land was valued at $4.4 million .

We purchase a substantial portion of our inventory from contract manufacturers and vendors located primarily in Thailand and China. For the fiscal year

ended 2017, 50% total inventory was purchased from a single contract manufacturer, 27% and 14% , respectively, were purchased from two other contract
manufacturers.

92

 
 
 
   
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 20. Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

The following table presents our quarterly consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2017 and 2016 ( in millions, except per share data ):

Net revenue

Cost of sales

Amortization of acquired technologies

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Restructuring and related charges

Total operating expenses

Income (loss) from operations

Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative
liabilities

Interest and other income (expense), net

Income (loss) before income taxes

(Benefit from) provisions for income taxes

July 1, 2017   April 1, 2017  
$

222.7   $

255.8   $

December 31,
2016

October 1,
2016

  July 2, 2016 (2)

  April 2, 2016

(2)

December 26,
2015 (2)

265.0   $

258.1   $

241.7   $

230.4   $

218.3   $

154.0  

172.0  

176.3  

174.7  

160.5  

165.9  

148.5  

1.4  

67.3  

35.4  

26.0  

2.0  

63.4  

3.9  

(29.7)  

(1.8)  

(27.6)  

27.3  

1.7  

82.1  

37.3  

28.1  

3.1  

68.5  

13.6  

(56.6)  

(1.4)  

(44.4)  

11.6  

1.7  

87.0  

38.7  

31.0  

4.0  

73.7  

13.3  

4.8  

(0.2)  

17.9  

6.1  

1.7  

81.7  

36.9  

25.1  

2.9  

64.9  

16.8  

(22.7)  

0.2  

(5.7)  

(2.3)  

1.7  

79.5  

36.4  

29.5  

3.5  

69.4  

10.1  

4.4  

(0.1)  

14.4  

0.1  

1.7  

62.8  

35.3  

28.0  

1.8  

65.1  

(2.3)  

(4.8)  

(0.4)  

(7.5)  

0.1  

1.7  

68.1  

35.0  

25.8  

1.1  

61.9  

6.2  

(2.4)  

(0.5)  

3.3  

0.5  

Net income (loss)

$

(54.9)   $

(56.0)   $

11.8   $

(3.4)   $

14.3   $

(7.6)   $

2.8   $

Net income (loss) attributable to common
stockholders

Net income (loss) per share attributable to
common stockholders (1)

   Basic

   Diluted

$

$

(0.90)   $

(0.92)   $

0.20   $

(0.06)   $

0.24   $

(0.13)   $

(0.90)   $

(0.92)   $

0.19   $

(0.06)   $

0.23   $

(0.13)   $

0.05   $

0.05   $

Shares used in per share calculation
attributable to common stockholders: (1)

   Basic

   Diluted

61.3  

61.3  

61.0  

61.0  

60.3  

62.7  

59.9  

59.9  

59.4  

61.8  

59.2  

59.2  

59.0  

59.2  

September
26, 2015 (2)
212.6

144.0

1.7

66.9

34.4

34.0

1.0

69.4

(2.5)

2.2

(0.2)

(0.5)

(0.3)

(0.2)

—

—

58.8

58.8

(1) On August 1, 2015, JDSU distributed 47.1 million shares, or 80.1% of the outstanding shares of Lumentum common stock to existing holders of JDSU
common stock. JDSU was renamed Viavi and at the time of the distribution, retained 11.7 million shares, or 19.9% of Lumentum’s outstanding shares.
Basic and diluted net income (loss) income per share for all periods through June 27, 2015 is calculated using the shares of Lumentum common stock
outstanding on August 1, 2015. Refer to “Note 4. Earnings Per Share” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

93

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) During  the  three  months  ended  July  2,  2016  we  corrected  an  error  relating  to  the  understatement  of  the  restructuring  expense  of  $  0.2 million , $ 0.2
million  and  $  0.4  million  for  the  three  months  ended  September  26,  2015,  December  26,  2015  and  April  2,  2016,  respectively,  resulting  in  the
overstatement  of  restructuring  expense  of  $0.8  million  for  the  three  months  ended  July  2,  2016.  During  the  three  months  ended  April  2,  2016,  we
corrected  an  error  relating  to  stock-based  compensation  expense  for  the  three  months  ended  December  26,  2015  in  which  stock-based  compensation
expense of $ 1.0 million was excluded for a specific restricted stock grant, resulting in the overstatement of stock-based compensation expense of $1.0
million  for  the  three  months  ended  April  2,  2016.  Additionally  during  the  three  months  ended  April  2,  2016,  we  corrected  an  error  relating  to  the
overstatement of sales and use tax expense of $ 0.2 million and $ 0.3 million for the three months ended September 26, 2015 and December 26, 2015,
respectively,  resulting  in  the  understatement  of  sales  and  use  tax  expense  of  $0.5  million  for  the  three  months  ended  April  2,  2016.  During  the  three
months ended December 26, 2015, we corrected an error relating to the determination of the accretion amount of Series A preferred stock for the three
months  ended  September  26,  2015  in  which  the  accretion  of  the  discount  related  to  issuance  cost  of  $  2.0  million  was  excluded,  resulting  in  the
overstatement of the accretion of Series A preferred stock of $2.0 million for the three months ended December 26, 2015.

As a result, our net loss attributable to common stockholders and basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders included in
our quarterly report on Form 10-Q (“Form 10-Q”) for the three months ended September 26, 2015 was understated by $2.0 million and $0.03 per basic
and diluted share, respectively. Our net income attributable to common stockholders and basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common
stockholders included in Form 10-Q for the three months ended December 26, 2015 was understated by $ 0.9 million and $ 0.02 per basic and diluted
share, respectively.  Our net loss attributable to common stockholders included in Form 10-Q for the three months ended April 2, 2016 was understated by
$ 0.1 million ,  there  was  no impact  to  earnings  per  share,  both  basic  and  diluted.  Our  net  income  attributable  to  common  stockholders  and  basic  and
diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended July 2, 2016 was overstated by $ 0.8 million and $ 0.01 per
basic and diluted share, respectively.

We assessed the materiality of these errors and determined that the above errors were not material to our unaudited consolidated financial statements

as of each of the periods mentioned above.

94

Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

(a)    EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Management, with the participation of our
chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of July 1, 2017. The term “disclosure
controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to
ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and
reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures
designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and
communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of
achieving their objectives, and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based
on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of July 1, 2017, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure
controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level.

(b)    MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the

Exchange Act). Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in Internal
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on the assessment,
management has concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of July 1, 2017 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K, has

issued a report, included herein, on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 1, 2017.

(c)     CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the

Exchange Act that occurred during the quarter ended July 1, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting.

INHERENT LIMITATIONS ON EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTROLS

Our management, including the CEO and CFO, recognizes that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting cannot

prevent or detect all possible instances of errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not
absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the
benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.

95

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Lumentum Holdings Inc.
Milpitas, California

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Lumentum Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of July 1, 2017, based on criteria
established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The
Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating
the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal
financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts
and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls,
material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the
internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 1, 2017, based on the criteria
established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements
and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended July 1, 2017 of the Company and our report dated August 29, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion
on those financial statements and financial statement schedules.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
San Jose, California
August 29, 2017

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION 

None.

96

Table of Contents

PART III

The SEC allows us to include information required in this report by referring to other documents or reports we have already filed or will soon be filing. This is
called “incorporation by reference.” We intend to file our definitive proxy statement for our 2017 annual meeting of stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) pursuant
to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, and certain information to be contained therein is incorporated in
this report by reference.

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required for this Item is set forth in the Proxy Statement and incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required for this Item is set forth in the Proxy Statement and incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required for this Item is set forth in the Proxy Statement and incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required for this Item is set forth in the Proxy Statement and incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required for this Item is set forth in the Proxy Statement and incorporated herein by reference.

97

Table of Contents

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES

1. Financial Statements

PART IV

The financial statements filed as part of this report are listed in the “Index to Financial Statements” under Part II, Item 8 of this report.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Operations—Years Ended July 1, 2017, July 2, 2016, and June 27, 2015

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income—Years Ended July 1, 2017, July 2, 2016, and June 27, 2015

Consolidated Balance Sheets—July 1, 2017 and July 2, 2016

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Years Ended July 1, 2017, July 2, 2016, and June 27, 2015

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, Stockholders Equity, and Invested Equity—Years Ended July 1, 2017, July 2,
2016, and June 27, 2015

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

47

48

49

50

51

52

54

56

2. Financial Statement Schedules

The following additional financial statement schedules should be considered in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements. All other financial
statement schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, not applicable,
or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

98

 
Table of Contents

Accounts receivable allowance:

Fiscal year ended July 1, 2017

Fiscal year ended July 2, 2016

Description

2017

Deferred tax valuation allowance

2016

Deferred tax valuation allowance

2015

Deferred tax valuation allowance

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in millions)

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Period

Increase (decrease)
to 
Costs and 
Expenses

Write 
Offs

Balance 
at End of 
Period

$

$

0.9   $

1.2   $

1.0   $

0.6   $

(0.1)   $

(0.9)   $

1.8

0.9

Balance at Beginning of
Period

Additions Charged to Expenses
or Other Accounts*

Deductions Credited to Expenses
or Other Accounts**

Balance at End of
Period

(in millions)

  $

  $

  $

321.4   $

16.7   $

160.0   $

214.3   $

184.6   $

3.4   $

(41.7)   $

(52.9)   $

(28.0)   $

296.4

321.4

160.0

*    Additions include current year additions charged to expenses and current year build due to increases in net deferred tax assets, return to provision true-ups,

other adjustments to deferred taxes.

**    Deductions include current year releases credited to expenses and current year reductions due to decreases in net deferred tax assets, return to provision

true-ups, other adjustments to deferred taxes.

3. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit No.

Exhibit Description

Form

  Exhibit

Filing Date

  Herewith

  Incorporated by Reference    

Filed

2.1

2.2

3.1

3.2

4.1

10.1

4.2

  Contribution Agreement

  Separation and Distribution Agreement

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

  Amended and Restated Bylaws

  Stockholder’s and Registration Rights Agreement

  Tax Matters Agreement

Indenture, dated March 8, 2017, between Lumentum Holdings Inc.
and U.S. Bank National Association

8-K

8-K

8-K

8-K

8-K

8-K

8-K

2.1

2.2

3.1

3.2

4.1

10.1

4.1

8/6/2015

8/6/2015

8/6/2015

8/6/2015

8/6/2015

8/6/2015

3/2/2017

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents

4.3

10.2*

10.3

10.4*

10.5*

10.6*

10.7*

10.8*

10.9*

10.10

21.1

23.1

23.2

31.1

31.2

32.1†

32.2†

Form of 0.250% Convertible Senior Note due 2024 (included in
Exhibit 4.2)

  Employee Matters Agreement

  Intellectual Property Matters Agreement

  2015 Equity Incentive Plan

  2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

  Change in Control and Severance Benefits Plan

  Employment Agreement for Alan Lowe

  Form of Indemnification Agreement

Separation Agreement between Lumentum Operations LLC and
Craig Cocchi dated February 4, 2016

Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2017, between Lumentum
Holdings Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co., as representative of the
Initial Purchasers listed in Schedule I thereto.

  Subsidiaries of Lumentum Holdings Inc.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Deloitte
& Touche LLP)

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP)

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities
Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities
Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS**

  XBRL Instance

101.SCH**

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL**

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation

101.DEF**

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB**

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

101.PRE**

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation

100

8-K

8-K

8-K

S-8

S-8

8-K

8-K

10-K

8-K

4.2

10.2

10.3

99.1

99.2

10.5

10.4

10.8

10.1

3/2/2017

8/6/2015

8/6/2015

7/29/2015

7/29/2015

8/6/2015

8/6/2015

9/25/2015

2/4/2016

8-K

10.1

3/2/2017

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 16.    FORM 10-K SUMMARY.

None .

101

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report to report on

Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: August 29, 2017

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

/s/ Aaron Tachibana

By: Aaron Tachibana

Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Aaron Tachibana and Judy
Hamel, and each of them individually, as his or her attorney-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities to sign any and all
amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same with, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his or her substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on

behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 Signature

Title

Date

 /s/ ALAN LOWE

Alan Lowe

 /s/ AARON TACHIBANA

Aaron Tachibana

 /s/ HAROLD COVERT

Harold Covert

/s/ PENELOPE HERSCHER

Penelope Herscher

/s/ MARTIN KAPLAN

Martin Kaplan

/s/ BRIAN LILLIE

Brian Lillie

/s/ SAMUEL THOMAS

Samuel Thomas

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal
executive officer)

August 29, 2017

  Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)

August 29, 2017

  Director

  Director

  Chairman

  Director

  Director

102

August 29, 2017

August 29, 2017

August 29, 2017

August 29, 2017

August 29, 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.

AS OF JULY 1, 2017

Name of Entity

DOMESTIC

CCOP International Holdings Inc.

E20 Communications Inc.

Lightwave Electronics Corporation

Lumentum Inc.

Lumentum Operations LLC

Lumentum Optical Corporation

SDL PIRI, Inc.

INTERNATIONAL

Lumentum Asia Limited

Lumentum (BVI) Ltd

Lumentum Canada Ltd

Lumentum Communication Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

Lumentum International Tech Co.

Lumentum International (Thailand) Co., Ltd.

Lumentum Israel Ltd

Lumentum K.K.

Lumentum Netherlands B.V.

Lumentum Ottawa Inc. 

Lumentum Switzerland AG

Lumentum Taiwan Co., Ltd.

Lumentum Tech LLC

Lumentum Technologies Limited

OPTACORE d.o.o.

Exhibit 21.1 

State or Other 
Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation or 
Organization

  Delaware

  Delaware

  California

  Delaware

  Delaware

  Massachusetts

  Delaware

  Hong Kong

  British Virgin Islands

  Canada

  China

  Cayman Islands

  Thailand

  Israel

  Japan

  Netherlands

  Canada

  Switzerland

  Taiwan

  Cayman Islands

  Canada

  Slovenia

 
   
   
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Exhibit 23.1 

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  Registration  Statement  Nos.  333-215937  and  333-205918  on  Form  S-8  of  our  reports  dated  August  29,  2017,
relating to the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule of Lumentum Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”), and
the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended
July 1, 2017.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Jose, California
August 29, 2017

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-215937 and 333-205918) of Lumentum Holdings Inc. of
our report dated September 2, 2016 relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules, which appears in this Form 10-K.

Exhibit 23.2 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

August 29, 2017

Exhibit  31.1

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Alan Lowe, certify that:

1. I have reviewed the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lumentum Holdings Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d - 15(f)) for the registrant and
have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting.

Dated: August 29, 2017

/s/ ALAN LOWE

Alan Lowe
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Aaron Tachibana, certify that:

1. I have reviewed the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lumentum Holdings Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d - 15(f)) for the registrant and
have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting.

Dated: August 29, 2017

/s/ AARON TACHIBANA

Aaron Tachibana

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lumentum Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended July 1, 2017 as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Alan Lowe, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) of the Company, hereby certify as of the
date hereof, solely for purposes of Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to the best of my knowledge:

1.                                       The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.                                       The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the
dates and for the periods indicated.

Dated: August 29, 2017

/s/ ALAN LOWE

Alan Lowe

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, and it is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Lumentum Incorporation, regardless of any general incorporation language in
such filing.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUMENTUM HOLDINGS INC.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lumentum Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended July 1, 2017 as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Aaron Tachibana, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for purposes of
Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, that to the best of my knowledge:

1.                                       The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.                                       The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the
dates and for the periods indicated.

Dated: August 29, 2017

/s/ AARON TACHIBANA

Aaron Tachibana

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, and it is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Lumentum Incorporation, regardless of any general incorporation language in
such filing.